1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "dummy-frame.h"
66 #include "gdbsupport/format.h"
67 #include "thread-fsm.h"
68 #include "tid-parse.h"
69 #include "cli/cli-style.h"
71 /* readline include files */
72 #include "readline/tilde.h"
74 /* readline defines this. */
77 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
78 #include "extension.h"
80 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
81 #include "gdbsupport/array-view.h"
82 #include "gdbsupport/gdb_optional.h"
84 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
86 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
87 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
89 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
92 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
93 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
94 enum bptype type_wanted
);
96 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
97 struct linespec_result
*,
98 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
99 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
101 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
103 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
104 int, int, int, unsigned);
106 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
107 (struct breakpoint
*b
, const struct event_location
*location
,
108 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
110 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
111 (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
);
113 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
115 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
117 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
118 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
119 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
121 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
123 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
124 struct symtab_and_line
,
126 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
128 static struct breakpoint
*
129 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
131 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
134 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
136 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
140 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
141 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
142 struct obj_section
*, int);
144 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
145 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
147 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
148 const struct address_space
*aspace
,
151 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
152 const address_space
*,
155 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
156 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
158 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
160 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
162 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
164 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
166 int *other_type_used
);
168 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
171 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
172 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
173 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
175 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
177 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
178 insert locations now. */
179 enum ugll_insert_mode
181 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
182 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
183 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
184 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
185 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
186 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
187 returns true on them.
189 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
190 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
191 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
192 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
193 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
194 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
198 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
199 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
202 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
203 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
204 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
205 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
206 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
207 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
208 as no thread is running yet. */
212 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
214 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
216 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
218 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
220 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
222 static bool is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
224 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
226 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
229 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
231 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
232 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
233 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
234 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
236 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
237 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
239 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
240 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
242 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
244 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
246 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
247 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
249 /* Tracepoints set on probes. */
250 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
252 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
253 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
255 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
256 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
257 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
258 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
259 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
260 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
262 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
263 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
264 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
265 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
271 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
273 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
274 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
275 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
276 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
278 static char *dprintf_function
;
280 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
281 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
282 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
283 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
284 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
285 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
286 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
288 static char *dprintf_channel
;
290 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
292 static bool disconnected_dprintf
= true;
294 struct command_line
*
295 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
297 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
300 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
301 current breakpoint. */
303 static bool breakpoint_proceeded
;
306 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
308 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
309 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
311 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
313 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
316 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
317 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
318 if such is available. */
319 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
322 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
323 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
326 fprintf_filtered (file
,
327 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
328 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
332 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
333 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
334 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
335 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
336 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
338 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
339 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
342 fprintf_filtered (file
,
343 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
344 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
348 /* If true, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
349 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
350 If false, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
351 use hardware breakpoints. */
352 static bool automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
354 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
355 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
358 fprintf_filtered (file
,
359 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
363 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
364 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
365 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
366 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
367 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
368 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
369 processing user input. */
370 static bool always_inserted_mode
= false;
373 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
374 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
376 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
380 /* See breakpoint.h. */
383 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
385 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
387 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
388 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
389 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
392 else if (target_has_execution
)
394 if (always_inserted_mode
)
396 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
401 if (threads_are_executing ())
404 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
405 stopped, we still have events to process. */
406 for (thread_info
*tp
: all_non_exited_threads ())
408 && tp
->suspend
.waitstatus_pending_p
)
414 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
416 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
417 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
418 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
419 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
420 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
421 condition_evaluation_auto
,
422 condition_evaluation_host
,
423 condition_evaluation_target
,
427 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
428 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
430 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
431 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
432 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
434 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
435 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
436 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
440 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
442 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
444 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
445 return condition_evaluation_target
;
447 return condition_evaluation_host
;
453 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
456 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
458 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
461 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
465 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
467 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
469 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
472 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
473 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
475 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
476 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
478 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
479 bool target_exact_watchpoints
= false;
481 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
482 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
483 current breakpoint. */
485 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
487 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
488 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
489 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
492 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
493 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
494 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
496 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
497 for (BP_TMP = bp_locations; \
498 BP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count && (B = *BP_TMP);\
501 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
502 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
503 to where the loop should start from.
504 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
505 appropriate location to start with. */
507 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
508 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
509 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
511 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_locations + bp_locations_count \
512 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
515 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
517 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
518 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
519 if (is_tracepoint (B))
521 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
523 static struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
525 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_is_less_than - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
527 static struct bp_location
**bp_locations
;
529 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATIONS. */
531 static unsigned bp_locations_count
;
533 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
534 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
535 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
536 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
537 an address you need to read. */
539 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
541 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
542 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
543 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
544 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
545 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
547 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
549 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
550 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
551 reported by a target. */
552 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> moribund_locations
;
554 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
556 static int breakpoint_count
;
558 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
559 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
560 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
561 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
562 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
564 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
566 static int tracepoint_count
;
568 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
569 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
570 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
572 /* See declaration at breakpoint.h. */
575 breakpoint_find_if (int (*func
) (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *d
),
578 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
582 if (func (b
, user_data
) != 0)
589 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
591 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
593 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
596 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
599 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
601 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
602 breakpoint_count
= num
;
603 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
606 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
607 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
608 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
610 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
613 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
615 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
618 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
621 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
623 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
626 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
629 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
631 struct breakpoint
*b
;
638 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
639 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
642 get_breakpoint (int num
)
644 struct breakpoint
*b
;
647 if (b
->number
== num
)
655 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
656 evaluating conditions on its side. */
659 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
661 struct bp_location
*loc
;
663 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
664 evaluating conditions and if the user has
665 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
667 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
668 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
671 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
674 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
675 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
678 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
679 evaluating conditions on its side. */
682 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
684 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
685 evaluating conditions and if the user has
686 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
688 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
689 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
693 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
696 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
699 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
700 condition_evaluation_mode. */
703 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
704 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
706 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
708 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
709 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
711 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
712 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
713 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
717 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
718 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
720 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
721 settings was "auto". */
722 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
724 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
725 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
727 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
728 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
729 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
731 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
732 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
735 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
737 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
739 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
740 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
744 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
745 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
746 target knows about. */
747 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
748 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
749 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
753 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
759 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
760 what "auto" is translating to. */
763 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
764 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
766 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
767 fprintf_filtered (file
,
768 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
769 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
771 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
773 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
777 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
778 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
779 the more general bp_location_is_less_than function. */
782 bp_locations_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
784 const struct bp_location
*a
= *(const struct bp_location
**) ap
;
785 const struct bp_location
*b
= *(const struct bp_location
**) bp
;
787 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
790 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
793 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
794 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
795 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
798 static struct bp_location
**
799 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
801 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
802 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
803 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
805 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
806 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
808 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
809 locp_found
= ((struct bp_location
**)
810 bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_locations
, bp_locations_count
,
811 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
812 bp_locations_compare_addrs
));
814 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
815 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
818 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
819 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
820 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_locations
821 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
828 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
831 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
832 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
834 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
836 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
838 w
->cond_exp
.reset ();
842 struct bp_location
*loc
;
844 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
848 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
849 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
850 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
857 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
861 const char *arg
= exp
;
863 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
864 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
865 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
866 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
868 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
870 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
872 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
874 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
876 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
877 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
881 struct bp_location
*loc
;
883 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
887 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
888 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
890 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
894 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
896 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
899 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
902 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
903 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
904 const char *text
, const char *word
)
908 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
909 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
913 struct breakpoint
*b
;
917 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
918 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
919 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
923 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
930 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
932 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
933 tracker
.add_completion (make_unique_xstrdup (number
));
939 /* We're completing the expression part. */
940 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
941 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
944 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
947 condition_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
949 struct breakpoint
*b
;
954 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
957 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
959 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
962 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
964 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
965 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
966 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
967 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
968 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
972 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
973 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
974 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
976 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
978 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
979 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
984 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
987 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
988 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
989 Throw if any such commands is found. */
992 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
994 struct command_line
*c
;
996 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
998 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
999 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1000 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1002 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_0
.get ());
1003 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_1
.get ());
1005 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1006 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1007 command directly. */
1008 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1009 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1011 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1012 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1016 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1018 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1021 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1024 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1026 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1027 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1028 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1032 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1034 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1037 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1040 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1042 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1045 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1048 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1049 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1053 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1054 b
= new tracepoint ();
1055 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1056 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1058 b
= new breakpoint ();
1060 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1063 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1064 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1068 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1069 struct command_line
*commands
)
1071 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1073 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1074 struct command_line
*c
;
1075 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1077 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1078 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1082 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1083 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1084 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1085 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1086 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1087 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1088 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1089 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1090 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1091 tracepoint's context. */
1092 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1094 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1096 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1097 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1098 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1099 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1100 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1101 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1104 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1105 "can be used only once"));
1110 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1114 struct command_line
*c2
;
1116 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_list_1
== nullptr);
1117 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list_0
.get ();
1118 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1120 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1121 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1127 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1131 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1132 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1134 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
1135 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1137 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1138 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> found
;
1139 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1142 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1144 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1145 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1146 found
.push_back (b
);
1152 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1153 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1156 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1157 counted_command_line
&&commands
)
1159 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1161 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1162 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1165 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1166 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1170 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1172 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1175 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1176 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1179 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1180 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1183 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1185 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1188 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1189 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1192 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1193 breakpoint work for any task. */
1196 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1198 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1201 if (old_task
!= task
)
1202 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1206 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1207 struct command_line
*control
)
1209 counted_command_line cmd
;
1210 /* cmd_read will be true once we have read cmd. Note that cmd might still be
1211 NULL after the call to read_command_lines if the user provides an empty
1212 list of command by just typing "end". */
1213 bool cmd_read
= false;
1215 std::string new_arg
;
1217 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1219 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1220 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1222 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1223 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1224 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1227 map_breakpoint_numbers
1228 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1232 gdb_assert (cmd
== NULL
);
1233 if (control
!= NULL
)
1234 cmd
= control
->body_list_0
;
1238 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1239 "%s, one per line."),
1242 auto do_validate
= [=] (const char *line
)
1244 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1246 gdb::function_view
<void (const char *)> validator
;
1247 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1248 validator
= do_validate
;
1250 cmd
= read_command_lines (str
.c_str (), from_tty
, 1, validator
);
1255 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1257 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1259 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1261 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1267 commands_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1269 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1272 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1273 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1275 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1276 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1277 enum command_control_type
1278 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1280 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1281 return simple_control
;
1284 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1287 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1289 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1293 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1294 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1299 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1300 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1303 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1304 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1305 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1308 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1309 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1310 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1311 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1312 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1314 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1315 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1319 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1320 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1322 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1326 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1328 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1329 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1331 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1333 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1338 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1340 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1345 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1346 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1348 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1349 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1350 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1354 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1356 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1357 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1360 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1362 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1363 shadow_contents buffer. */
1364 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1365 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1366 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1368 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1370 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1371 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1375 const unsigned char *bp
;
1376 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1379 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1380 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1381 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1383 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1385 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1387 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1388 breakpoint's INSN. */
1389 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1393 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1394 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1396 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1397 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1398 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1400 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1401 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1402 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1403 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1404 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1405 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1406 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1407 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1409 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1412 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1413 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1414 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1416 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1418 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1420 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1421 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1422 report higher one. */
1425 bc_r
= bp_locations_count
;
1426 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1428 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1430 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1431 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1433 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1434 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1435 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1436 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1438 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1439 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1440 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1442 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1444 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1451 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1452 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1453 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1454 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1455 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1458 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1460 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1461 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1462 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1465 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1468 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1470 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations_count
; bc
++)
1472 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1474 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1475 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1476 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1479 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1482 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1483 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1484 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1487 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1490 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1491 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1495 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1498 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1500 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1501 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1502 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1505 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1508 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1510 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1511 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1512 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1515 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1518 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1520 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1521 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1524 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1525 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1526 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1527 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1528 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1529 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1530 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1531 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1534 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1536 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1537 && (b
->watchpoint_thread
== null_ptid
1538 || (inferior_ptid
== b
->watchpoint_thread
1539 && !inferior_thread ()->executing
)));
1542 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1543 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1546 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1548 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1550 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1551 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1552 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1553 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1554 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1556 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1559 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1562 static struct value
*
1563 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1565 struct value
*bit_val
;
1570 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1572 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1575 value_contents_for_printing (val
),
1582 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1583 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1584 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1585 to be able to report stops. */
1588 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1589 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1591 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1593 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1594 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1595 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1596 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1599 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1600 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1603 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1605 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1607 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1608 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1609 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1612 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1613 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1614 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1615 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1617 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1619 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1620 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1623 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1624 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1625 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1626 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1627 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1628 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1629 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1630 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1632 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1633 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1634 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1635 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1636 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1637 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1638 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1639 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1642 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1643 hardware watchpoints:
1645 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1646 called several times when GDB stops.
1649 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1650 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1651 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1652 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1653 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1654 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1655 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1656 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1657 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1658 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1659 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1661 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1662 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1665 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1667 int within_current_scope
;
1668 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1671 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1672 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1673 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1674 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1677 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1682 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1683 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1684 within_current_scope
= 1;
1687 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1688 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1689 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1691 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1692 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1693 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1694 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1695 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1698 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1699 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1700 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1701 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1704 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1706 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1707 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1708 if (within_current_scope
)
1712 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1713 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1714 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1717 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1722 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1723 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1724 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1725 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1726 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1727 be completely different objects. */
1729 b
->val_valid
= false;
1731 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1732 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1733 locations (re)created below. */
1734 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1736 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1739 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1743 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1744 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1745 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1746 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1747 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1748 if (!target_has_execution
)
1750 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1751 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1752 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1753 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1755 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1756 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1758 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1759 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1762 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1765 std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> val_chain
;
1766 struct value
*v
, *result
;
1767 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1769 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1771 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1772 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1773 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1774 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1775 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1777 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1779 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1780 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1781 b
->val
= release_value (v
);
1782 b
->val_valid
= true;
1785 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1787 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1788 gdb_assert (!val_chain
.empty ());
1789 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: val_chain
)
1793 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1794 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1795 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1796 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1797 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1798 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1799 && (v
== val_chain
[0] || ! value_lazy (v
)))
1801 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1803 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1804 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1805 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1807 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1808 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1811 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1812 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1813 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1815 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1817 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1819 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1820 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1822 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1824 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1825 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1826 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1827 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1828 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1831 addr
= value_address (v
);
1834 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1839 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1841 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1844 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1845 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1848 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1850 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1851 loc
->address
= address_significant (loc
->gdbarch
, addr
);
1855 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1856 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
1859 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1861 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1866 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1867 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1868 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1873 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1874 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1876 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1880 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1883 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1884 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1885 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1887 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1888 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1889 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1890 this watchpoint in as well. */
1892 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1893 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1894 hardware watchpoint type. */
1896 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1897 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1899 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1900 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1901 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1902 through watch_command), so always account for it
1905 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1906 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1908 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1909 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
1912 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1913 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1915 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
1917 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1918 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1919 "hardware watchpoint."));
1920 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1921 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1922 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1924 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1925 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1929 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1930 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1931 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1936 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1938 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1939 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1940 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1942 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1943 "read/access watchpoint."));
1946 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1948 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1949 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1950 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1951 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1954 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1955 above left it without any location set up. But,
1956 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1957 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1958 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
1959 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
1961 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1963 printf_filtered (_("\
1964 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1965 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1967 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1970 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1972 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1976 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1977 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1978 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1979 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1980 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1982 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1984 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
1987 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1990 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
1993 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
1996 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
1997 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
1998 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
1999 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2000 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2001 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2002 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2003 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2004 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2007 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2008 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2009 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2011 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2012 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2013 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2015 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2016 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2017 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2018 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2019 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2020 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2021 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2022 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2023 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2027 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2028 "infrun: skipping breakpoint: "
2029 "stepping past insn at: %s\n",
2030 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2035 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2036 instruction that triggered one. */
2037 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2038 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2042 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
,
2043 "infrun: stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2044 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d\n",
2045 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2054 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2055 that the location is not duplicated. */
2058 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2061 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2064 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2065 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2069 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2070 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2071 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2072 any error during parsing. */
2074 static agent_expr_up
2075 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2080 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2082 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2083 that may show up. */
2086 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2089 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2091 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2092 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2093 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2096 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2100 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2101 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2102 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2103 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2104 one of them is true. */
2107 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2109 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2110 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2111 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2112 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2114 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2115 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2117 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2118 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2119 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2121 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2122 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2125 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2126 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2127 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2128 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2129 response back to GDB. */
2130 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2133 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2137 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2138 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2139 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2140 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2141 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2145 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2146 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2147 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2149 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2155 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2156 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2157 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2159 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2160 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2161 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2163 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2166 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2168 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2170 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2173 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2178 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2179 for this location's address. */
2180 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2184 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2185 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2186 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2189 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2190 to send the conditions to the target. */
2191 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2198 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2199 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2200 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2202 static agent_expr_up
2203 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2205 const char *cmdrest
;
2206 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2207 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2214 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2216 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2218 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2219 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2221 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2223 format_pieces
fpieces (&cmdrest
);
2225 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2227 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2228 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2230 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2232 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2233 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2235 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2237 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2239 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2241 std::vector
<struct expression
*> argvec
;
2242 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2247 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2248 argvec
.push_back (expr
.release ());
2250 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2254 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2256 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2257 that may show up. */
2260 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2261 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2262 argvec
.size (), argvec
.data ());
2264 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2266 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2267 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2268 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2271 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2275 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2276 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2277 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2280 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2282 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2283 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2284 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2285 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2287 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2288 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2290 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2293 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2294 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2297 /* For now, if we have any duplicate location that isn't a dprintf,
2298 don't install the target-side commands, as that would make the
2299 breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2301 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2304 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2305 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2306 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2310 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2311 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2312 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2313 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2314 response back to GDB. */
2315 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2318 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2322 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2323 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2324 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2325 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2327 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2328 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2331 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2332 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2333 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2335 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2341 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2343 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2345 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2348 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2349 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2351 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2353 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2356 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2361 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2362 for this location's address. */
2363 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2366 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2367 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2368 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2369 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2372 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2373 to send the commands to the target. */
2374 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2378 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2379 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2380 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2381 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2384 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2385 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2386 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2390 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2392 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2394 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2395 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2397 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
);
2399 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2403 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2406 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2407 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2408 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2409 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2412 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2413 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2415 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2416 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2417 int *disabled_breaks
,
2418 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2419 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2421 gdb_exception bp_excpt
;
2423 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2426 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2427 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2428 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2429 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2430 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2431 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2432 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2433 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2434 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2435 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2436 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2437 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2439 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2440 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2441 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2442 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2444 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2446 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2447 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2448 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2449 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2452 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2453 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2455 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2457 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2458 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2459 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2461 Two important cases are:
2462 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2463 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2464 hardware breakpoint.
2465 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2466 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2467 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2470 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2471 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2472 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2473 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2475 struct mem_region
*mr
2476 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
);
2480 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2482 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2484 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2485 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2487 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2489 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2491 static int said
= 0;
2493 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2496 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2497 _("Note: automatically using "
2498 "hardware breakpoints for "
2499 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2504 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2505 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2507 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2508 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2509 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2510 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2512 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2518 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2519 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2520 || bl
->section
== NULL
2521 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2523 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2528 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2530 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2532 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2534 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2539 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2540 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2541 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2543 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2544 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2545 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2546 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2547 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2551 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2553 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2554 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2555 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2557 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2562 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2563 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2564 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2565 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2566 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2569 = gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2571 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2573 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2576 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2577 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2578 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2579 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2583 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2584 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2586 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2591 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2593 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2595 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2597 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2602 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2603 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2608 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2610 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2612 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2613 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2614 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2615 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2616 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2617 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2618 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2619 errors as memory errors. */
2620 if (bp_excpt
.reason
== RETURN_ERROR
2621 && (bp_excpt
.error
== GENERIC_ERROR
2622 || bp_excpt
.error
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2623 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2624 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2625 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2628 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2629 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2630 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bl
->owner
);
2631 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2633 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2634 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2636 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2637 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2638 "library breakpoints:\n");
2640 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2641 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2642 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2647 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2649 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2650 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
;
2651 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2652 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2654 bp_excpt
.message
? ":" : ".\n");
2655 if (bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
)
2656 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n",
2661 if (bp_excpt
.message
== NULL
)
2664 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2665 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2667 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2668 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2670 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2674 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2675 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2690 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2691 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2692 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2693 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2697 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2698 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2700 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2702 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2703 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2704 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2706 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2708 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2709 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2711 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2713 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2714 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2718 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2719 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2726 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2727 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2730 /* Back to the original value. */
2731 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2735 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2738 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2742 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2743 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2745 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2748 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2752 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2753 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2755 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2758 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2760 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2761 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2762 so just return success. */
2769 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2770 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2774 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2776 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2777 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2779 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2780 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2782 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2783 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2786 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2787 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2788 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2790 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2792 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2794 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2795 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2796 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2798 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2799 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2801 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2807 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2808 removed locations above. */
2809 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2812 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2813 Throws exception on any error.
2814 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2815 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2817 insert_breakpoints (void)
2819 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2821 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2822 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2824 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2826 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2829 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2830 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2831 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. */
2832 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2835 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2838 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2840 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2842 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2844 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2848 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2849 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2850 always-inserted mode. */
2853 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2855 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2858 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2859 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2860 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2862 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2864 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2865 there was an error. */
2866 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2868 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2870 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2872 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2874 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2877 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2878 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2879 deletion of breakpoints. */
2880 if (!bl
->inserted
|| !bl
->needs_update
)
2883 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2885 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2886 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2887 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2888 insert breakpoints. */
2889 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2890 && inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
2893 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2894 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2901 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2902 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2906 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2909 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2911 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2912 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2915 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2916 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2917 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2919 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2921 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2922 there was an error. */
2923 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2925 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2927 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2929 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2932 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2933 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2934 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2935 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2936 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2939 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2941 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2942 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2943 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2944 insert breakpoints. */
2945 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2946 && inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
2949 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2950 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2955 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2956 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2957 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2959 int some_failed
= 0;
2960 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2962 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2965 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2968 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2971 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2972 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2979 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2981 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
2983 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2984 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
2985 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2993 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2994 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2995 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2997 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2998 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3000 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3001 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3005 /* Used when the program stops.
3006 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3007 removing a breakpoint location. */
3010 remove_breakpoints (void)
3012 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3015 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3017 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3018 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3023 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3027 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3029 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3031 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3033 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3035 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3037 printf_filtered (_("\
3038 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3039 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3041 /* Hide it from the user. */
3047 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3050 remove_breakpoints_inf (inferior
*inf
)
3052 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3055 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3057 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3060 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3062 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3069 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3071 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3072 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3073 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3074 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3075 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3076 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3078 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3081 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3084 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3085 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3089 static struct breakpoint
*
3090 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3091 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3092 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3094 symtab_and_line sal
;
3096 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3097 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3099 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3100 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3101 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3106 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3108 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3110 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3112 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3113 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3115 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3116 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
{};
3118 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3119 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
] {};
3121 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3122 int longjmp_searched
= 0;
3124 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3126 std::vector
<probe
*> longjmp_probes
;
3128 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3129 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
{};
3131 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3132 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
{};
3134 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3135 int exception_searched
= 0;
3137 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3139 std::vector
<probe
*> exception_probes
;
3142 static const struct objfile_key
<breakpoint_objfile_data
>
3143 breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3145 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3146 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3148 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3151 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3153 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3156 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3157 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3159 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3160 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3162 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3164 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.get (objfile
);
3165 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3166 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.emplace (objfile
);
3167 return bp_objfile_data
;
3171 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3173 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3175 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3177 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3178 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3180 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3182 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3184 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3187 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3189 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3191 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3192 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3194 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3195 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3198 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3201 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3202 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3204 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3205 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3206 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3207 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3209 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3211 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3212 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3216 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3217 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3223 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3225 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3227 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3229 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3231 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3233 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3236 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3237 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3239 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3241 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3243 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3245 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3246 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3250 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3253 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3255 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3256 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3260 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3261 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3264 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
.empty ())
3266 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
)
3268 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3270 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3271 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3273 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3274 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3275 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3281 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3284 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3286 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3287 const char *func_name
;
3289 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3291 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3294 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3295 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3297 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3299 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3300 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3302 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3303 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3306 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3309 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3310 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3311 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3312 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3313 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3314 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3315 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3321 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3323 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3325 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3326 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3328 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3330 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3334 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3336 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3338 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3339 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3340 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3342 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3344 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3347 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3349 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3351 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3352 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3353 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3355 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3356 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3359 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3362 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3363 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3364 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3365 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3366 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3367 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3368 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3369 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3374 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3377 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3379 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3381 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3383 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3384 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3385 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3387 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3389 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3391 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3392 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3394 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3395 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3399 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3402 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3404 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3405 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3409 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3410 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3413 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
.empty ())
3415 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3417 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
)
3419 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3420 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3421 bp_exception_master
,
3422 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3423 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3424 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3430 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3432 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3435 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3437 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3439 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3441 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3442 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3444 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3448 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3451 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3452 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3453 current_top_target ());
3454 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3455 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3456 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3457 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3458 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3459 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3463 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3466 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3468 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3472 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3474 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3475 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3477 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3478 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3479 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3480 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3481 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3482 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3483 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3484 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3485 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3486 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3487 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3489 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3491 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3494 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3495 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3497 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3501 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3502 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3504 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3508 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3509 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3510 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3511 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3512 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3514 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3518 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3519 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3521 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3525 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3526 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3528 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3532 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3534 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3535 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3536 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3538 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3542 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3544 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3545 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3546 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3547 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3551 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3552 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3553 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3554 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3555 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3556 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3558 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3559 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3560 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3561 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3562 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3563 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3564 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3566 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3567 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3568 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3569 let finish_command delete it.
3571 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3572 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3573 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3574 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3575 solib breakpoints.) */
3577 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3582 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3583 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3585 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3587 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3594 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3596 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3598 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3599 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3601 if (ptid
.pid () == inferior_ptid
.pid ())
3602 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3604 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3605 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3606 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3608 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3611 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3612 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3613 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3614 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3615 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3616 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3617 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3621 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3627 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3628 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3629 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3630 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3631 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3634 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3638 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3639 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3641 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3642 This should not ever happen. */
3643 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3645 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3646 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3648 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3649 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3650 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3652 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3653 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3654 || bl
->section
== NULL
3655 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3657 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3659 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3660 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3661 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3662 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3663 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3664 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3665 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3666 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3667 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3668 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3669 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3670 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3671 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3672 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3673 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3674 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3675 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3676 they should always be removed. */
3677 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3678 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3679 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3682 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3686 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3687 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3688 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3690 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3691 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3693 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3694 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3695 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3696 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3697 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3699 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3700 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3703 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3704 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3707 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3708 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3709 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3710 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3712 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3713 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3714 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3715 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3716 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3717 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3723 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3728 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3729 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3730 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3731 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3732 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3733 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3734 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3735 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3736 always-inserted mode. */
3738 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3739 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3740 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3741 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3747 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3749 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3751 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3752 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3754 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3755 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3757 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3758 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
3759 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3762 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3763 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3766 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3767 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3769 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3773 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3780 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
3782 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3783 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3785 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3786 This should not ever happen. */
3787 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3789 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3791 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3793 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
3796 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3799 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3801 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3803 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3804 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3808 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3809 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3811 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3814 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3815 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3816 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3821 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3823 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3824 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3826 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3828 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3831 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3833 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3835 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3841 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3843 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3844 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3847 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3849 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3851 case bp_shlib_event
:
3853 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3854 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3855 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3856 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3857 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3859 (gdb) file prog-linux
3860 (gdb) run # native linux target
3863 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3864 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3867 case bp_step_resume
:
3869 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3871 case bp_single_step
:
3873 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3875 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3879 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3880 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3881 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3883 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3885 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3886 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3887 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3890 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
3891 valid. New ones will be created in
3892 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
3893 The next update_global_location_list call will
3894 garbage collect them. */
3897 if (context
== inf_starting
)
3899 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3900 insert_breakpoints. */
3901 w
->val
.reset (nullptr);
3902 w
->val_valid
= false;
3912 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3913 for (bp_location
*bl
: moribund_locations
)
3914 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3915 moribund_locations
.clear ();
3918 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3919 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3920 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3921 match, not program space. */
3923 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3924 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3925 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3926 permanent breakpoint.
3927 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3928 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3929 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3930 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3931 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3933 enum breakpoint_here
3934 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3936 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3937 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3939 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3941 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3942 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3945 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3946 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3948 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3950 if (overlay_debugging
3951 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3952 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3953 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3954 else if (bl
->permanent
)
3955 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3957 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3961 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
3964 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3967 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
3968 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3970 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3972 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3974 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3975 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3978 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3980 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
3983 if (overlay_debugging
3984 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3985 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3987 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
3998 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4001 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4003 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
4004 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4010 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4014 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4015 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4018 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4021 if (overlay_debugging
4022 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4023 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4024 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4031 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4034 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4036 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4038 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4040 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4042 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4043 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4046 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4052 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4056 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4059 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4061 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4063 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4065 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4068 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4075 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4078 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4081 struct bp_location
**blp
, **blp_tmp
= NULL
;
4083 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (blp
, blp_tmp
, pc
)
4085 struct bp_location
*bl
= *blp
;
4087 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4090 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4098 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space
*aspace
,
4099 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4101 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4103 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4105 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4107 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4108 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4111 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4114 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4115 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4119 /* Check for intersection. */
4120 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4121 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4129 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4132 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4134 return (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4137 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4140 bpstats::~bpstats ()
4142 if (bp_location_at
!= NULL
)
4143 decref_bp_location (&bp_location_at
);
4146 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4147 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4150 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4167 bpstats::bpstats (const bpstats
&other
)
4169 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4170 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4171 commands (other
.commands
),
4172 print (other
.print
),
4174 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4176 if (other
.old_val
!= NULL
)
4177 old_val
= release_value (value_copy (other
.old_val
.get ()));
4178 incref_bp_location (bp_location_at
);
4181 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4182 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4185 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4189 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4194 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4196 tmp
= new bpstats (*bs
);
4199 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4209 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4212 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4217 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4219 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4225 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4228 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4230 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4232 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4234 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4236 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4241 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4250 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4251 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4252 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4253 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4255 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4256 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4258 Return 1 otherwise. */
4261 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4263 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4266 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4268 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4269 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4270 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4271 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4272 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4274 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4276 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4280 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4283 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4287 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
4290 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4291 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4293 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4294 bs
->old_val
.reset (nullptr);
4298 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4301 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4303 if (inferior_ptid
!= null_ptid
)
4305 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4307 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4308 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4309 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4310 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4311 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4315 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4318 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4319 or its equivalent. */
4322 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4324 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4327 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4328 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4329 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4330 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4332 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4333 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4334 bpstat of the current thread. */
4337 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4342 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4344 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4347 scoped_restore save_executing
4348 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands
, 1);
4350 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4352 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4355 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4356 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4358 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4360 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4362 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4363 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4364 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4365 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4366 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4367 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4368 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4369 the tree when we're done. */
4370 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4371 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4374 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4376 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4382 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4384 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4390 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4392 if (current_ui
->async
)
4393 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4394 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4395 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4398 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4399 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4400 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4401 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4402 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4403 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4404 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4405 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4406 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4407 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4408 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4409 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4410 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4418 /* Helper for bpstat_do_actions. Get the current thread, if there's
4419 one, is alive and has execution. Return NULL otherwise. */
4421 static thread_info
*
4422 get_bpstat_thread ()
4424 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution
)
4427 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4428 if (tp
->state
== THREAD_EXITED
|| tp
->executing
)
4434 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4436 auto cleanup_if_error
= make_scope_exit (bpstat_clear_actions
);
4439 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4440 while ((tp
= get_bpstat_thread ()) != NULL
)
4442 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the
4443 inferior, and only return when it is stopped at the next
4444 breakpoint, we keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns
4445 false to indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4446 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4450 cleanup_if_error
.release ();
4453 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4456 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4459 fprintf_styled (stream
, metadata_style
.style (), _("<unreadable>"));
4462 struct value_print_options opts
;
4463 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4464 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4468 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4469 debugging multiple threads. */
4472 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4474 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4479 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4482 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4484 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4485 uiout
->field_string ("thread-id", print_thread_id (thr
));
4487 name
= thr
->name
!= NULL
? thr
->name
: target_thread_name (thr
);
4490 uiout
->text (" \"");
4491 uiout
->field_string ("name", name
);
4495 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4499 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4500 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4501 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4502 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4505 static enum print_stop_action
4506 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4508 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4511 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4512 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4516 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4517 relevant messages. */
4518 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4521 case print_it_normal
:
4523 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4525 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4526 which has since been deleted. */
4528 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4530 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4531 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4536 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4537 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4542 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4545 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4547 bool any_deleted
= !current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.empty ();
4548 bool any_added
= !current_program_space
->added_solibs
.empty ();
4552 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4553 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4555 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4556 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4559 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4560 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4561 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4565 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4566 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4567 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.size (); ix
++)
4569 const std::string
&name
= current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
[ix
];
4572 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4573 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4574 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4580 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4581 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4583 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
4586 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4588 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4589 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4594 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4595 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4596 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4597 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4598 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4599 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4600 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4603 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4604 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4605 code to print the location. An example is
4606 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4608 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4609 to also print the location part of the message.
4610 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4611 don't require a location appended to the end.
4612 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4613 further info to be printed. */
4615 enum print_stop_action
4616 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4618 enum print_stop_action val
;
4620 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4621 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4622 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4623 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4624 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4626 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4627 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4628 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4629 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4633 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4634 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4635 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4636 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4638 print_solib_event (0);
4639 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4642 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4643 with and nothing was printed. */
4644 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4647 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4650 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4652 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4653 bool res
= value_true (evaluate_expression (exp
));
4655 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4659 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4661 bpstats::bpstats (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4663 bp_location_at (bl
),
4664 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4668 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4670 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4671 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4672 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
4677 bp_location_at (NULL
),
4678 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
4682 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4686 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4687 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4690 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4692 bool stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4694 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4696 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4698 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4699 as not triggered. */
4701 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4703 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4705 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4711 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_top_target (), &addr
))
4713 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4714 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4716 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4718 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4720 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4726 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4727 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4731 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4733 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4734 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4736 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4737 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4739 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4741 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4742 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4744 if (newaddr
== start
)
4746 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4750 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4751 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (current_top_target (),
4755 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4764 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4765 enum wp_check_result
4767 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4770 /* The value has changed. */
4771 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
4773 /* The value has not changed. */
4774 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
4776 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4780 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4781 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4783 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4786 static wp_check_result
4787 watchpoint_check (bpstat bs
)
4789 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4790 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4791 int within_current_scope
;
4793 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4794 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4795 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4797 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4798 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4799 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4800 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4803 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4804 within_current_scope
= 1;
4807 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4808 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4809 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4811 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4812 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4813 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4814 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4815 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4816 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4817 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4818 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4819 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4820 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4823 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4824 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4826 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4827 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4828 if (within_current_scope
)
4830 struct symbol
*function
;
4832 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4833 if (function
== NULL
4834 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4835 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4836 within_current_scope
= 0;
4839 if (within_current_scope
)
4840 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4841 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4846 if (within_current_scope
)
4848 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4849 time before we return to the command level and call
4850 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4851 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4855 struct value
*new_val
;
4857 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4858 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4859 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4860 a mask watchpoint. */
4861 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4863 mark
= value_mark ();
4864 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
4866 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
4867 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
4869 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4870 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4871 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4872 not what we want. */
4873 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4874 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
.get (),
4877 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4878 b
->val
= release_value (new_val
);
4879 b
->val_valid
= true;
4880 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4881 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4882 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4886 /* Nothing changed. */
4887 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4888 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4893 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4894 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4895 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4896 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4897 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4898 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4899 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4900 the first value assigned). */
4901 /* We print all the stop information in
4902 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4903 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4904 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4907 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4909 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4911 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4913 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4914 uiout
->message ("\nWatchpoint %pF deleted because the program has "
4915 "left the block in\n"
4916 "which its expression is valid.\n",
4917 signed_field ("wpnum", b
->number
));
4920 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4922 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4928 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4929 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4930 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4933 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4934 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4935 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4937 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4939 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4940 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4942 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4945 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4946 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4949 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4951 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4952 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4954 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4955 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4956 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4957 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4958 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4961 int must_check_value
= 0;
4963 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4964 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4966 must_check_value
= 1;
4967 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4968 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4969 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4971 must_check_value
= 1;
4972 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4973 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4974 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4975 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4976 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4977 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4978 must_check_value
= 1;
4980 if (must_check_value
)
4986 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
4988 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
4990 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
4991 "Error evaluating expression "
4992 "for watchpoint %d\n",
4995 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4997 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5000 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5007 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5008 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5012 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5015 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5016 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5018 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5020 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5021 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5022 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5023 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5024 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5025 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5026 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5029 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5030 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5033 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5034 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5035 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5036 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5038 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5039 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5040 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5043 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5044 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5045 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5046 changes. This still gives false positives when
5047 the program writes the same value to memory as
5048 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5049 it for a read), but it's much better than
5052 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5054 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5056 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5058 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5059 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5060 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5062 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5063 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5065 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5066 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5068 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5074 if (other_write_watchpoint
5075 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5077 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5078 and the value changed since the last time we
5079 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5081 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5086 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5087 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5088 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5090 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5091 the value hasn't changed. */
5092 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5102 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5104 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5105 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5106 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5107 anything for this watchpoint. */
5108 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5114 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5115 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5116 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5117 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5120 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, thread_info
*thread
)
5122 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5123 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5125 bool condition_result
= true;
5126 struct expression
*cond
;
5128 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5130 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5131 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5132 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5133 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5134 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5136 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5137 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5138 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5140 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5141 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5147 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5148 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5150 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread
->global_num
)
5151 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (thread
)))
5157 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5159 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5161 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5163 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5165 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5168 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5170 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5172 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5173 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5175 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5176 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5177 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5178 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5180 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5182 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5183 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5187 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5188 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5189 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5190 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5191 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5193 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5194 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5197 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5199 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5200 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5201 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5202 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5203 really matter which instantiation of the function
5204 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5205 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5206 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5207 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5208 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5209 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5210 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5211 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5213 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5215 select_frame (frame
);
5217 within_current_scope
= 0;
5219 if (within_current_scope
)
5223 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5225 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5227 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5228 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5233 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5234 "in the current scope"));
5235 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5236 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5238 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5239 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5242 if (cond
&& !condition_result
)
5246 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5250 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5252 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5256 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5257 on the current target. */
5260 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5262 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5263 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5264 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5265 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5268 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5271 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5272 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5274 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5275 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5279 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5282 for (bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5284 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5285 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5286 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5287 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5288 checked all locations already. */
5289 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5292 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5295 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5298 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5301 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5304 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5305 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5306 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5310 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5311 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5312 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5314 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5316 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5318 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5323 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5324 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5325 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5327 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
5329 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5330 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5332 bpstat bs
= new bpstats (loc
, &bs_link
);
5333 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5336 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5344 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5347 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space
*aspace
,
5348 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, thread_info
*thread
,
5349 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
,
5352 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5353 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5354 bpstat bs_head
= stop_chain
;
5356 int need_remove_insert
;
5359 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5360 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5361 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5362 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5363 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5364 inferior function calls. */
5365 if (bs_head
== NULL
)
5366 bs_head
= build_bpstat_chain (aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5368 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5369 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5370 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5372 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5374 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5376 handle_solib_event ();
5381 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5382 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5383 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5387 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5392 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5393 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5396 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, thread
);
5401 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5403 /* We will stop here. */
5404 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5406 --(b
->enable_count
);
5407 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5408 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5413 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5414 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5415 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5418 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5423 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5425 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5426 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5429 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5430 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5431 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5433 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5434 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5435 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5437 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5438 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5440 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5442 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5443 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5446 if (need_remove_insert
)
5447 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5448 else if (removed_any
)
5449 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5455 handle_jit_event (void)
5457 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5458 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5461 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "handling bp_jit_event\n");
5463 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5464 breakpoint_re_set. */
5465 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5467 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5468 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5470 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5472 target_terminal::inferior ();
5475 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5477 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5480 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5482 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5485 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5486 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5487 retval
.is_longjmp
= false;
5489 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5491 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5492 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5493 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5496 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5498 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5499 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5503 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5510 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5511 case bp_single_step
:
5514 case bp_shlib_event
:
5518 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5520 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5523 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5526 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5527 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5528 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5532 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5534 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5538 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5539 This requires no further action. */
5543 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5547 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5548 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5551 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5553 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5554 case bp_exception_resume
:
5557 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5558 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5561 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5563 case bp_step_resume
:
5565 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5568 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5569 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5572 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5574 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5577 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5578 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5581 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5582 case bp_thread_event
:
5583 case bp_overlay_event
:
5584 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5585 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5586 case bp_exception_master
:
5587 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5593 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5595 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5599 /* Some catchpoints are implemented with breakpoints.
5600 For those, we need to step over the breakpoint. */
5601 if (bs
->bp_location_at
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
)
5602 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5606 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5609 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5610 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5611 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5612 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5614 case bp_std_terminate
:
5615 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5616 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5617 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5618 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5621 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5622 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5623 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5624 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5626 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5627 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5629 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5630 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5631 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5633 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5634 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5635 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5636 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5641 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5643 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5647 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5648 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5651 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5658 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat bs_head
)
5662 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5664 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5671 handle_jit_event ();
5673 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5674 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5676 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5677 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5683 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5686 bpstat_should_step ()
5688 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5691 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5696 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5699 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5701 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5710 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5711 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5712 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5715 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5717 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5718 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5722 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5724 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5726 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5727 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5728 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5733 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5739 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5740 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5742 "host": Host evals condition.
5743 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5744 "target": Target evals condition.
5748 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5750 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5751 char host_evals
= 0;
5752 char target_evals
= 0;
5757 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5760 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5761 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5762 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5764 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5766 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5772 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5773 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5774 else if (target_evals
)
5775 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5777 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5780 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5781 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5784 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5786 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5789 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5790 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5791 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5793 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5794 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5796 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5799 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5802 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5803 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5805 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5807 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
5809 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5813 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5815 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5816 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5817 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5819 const struct symbol
*sym
= loc
->symbol
;
5823 uiout
->text ("in ");
5824 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
5825 function_name_style
.style ());
5827 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5828 uiout
->text ("at ");
5830 uiout
->field_string ("file",
5831 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
),
5832 file_name_style
.style ());
5835 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5836 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5838 uiout
->field_signed ("line", loc
->line_number
);
5844 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
5846 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
5850 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
5851 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5852 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5853 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5854 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5855 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
5857 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
5861 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
);
5865 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5866 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5867 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5870 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5871 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5877 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5879 struct ep_type_description
5882 const char *description
;
5884 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5886 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5887 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5888 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5889 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
5890 {bp_until
, "until"},
5891 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5892 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5893 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5894 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5895 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5896 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5897 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5898 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5899 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5900 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5901 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5902 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5903 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5904 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5905 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5906 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5907 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5908 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5909 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5910 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5911 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5912 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5913 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5914 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5915 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5916 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5917 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5918 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5919 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5922 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5923 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5924 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5925 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5928 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5931 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5932 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5935 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5936 const char *field_name
,
5937 const std::vector
<int> &inf_nums
,
5940 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
5942 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5943 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5944 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5947 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
5949 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< inf_nums
.size (); i
++)
5955 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf_nums
[i
]);
5956 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
5961 uiout
->text (" inf ");
5965 uiout
->text (plongest (inf_nums
[i
]));
5970 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. If RAW_LOC, print raw breakpoint locations
5971 instead of going via breakpoint_ops::print_one. This makes "maint
5972 info breakpoints" show the software breakpoint locations of
5973 catchpoints, which are considered internal implementation
5977 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5978 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5980 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5981 int allflag
, bool raw_loc
)
5983 struct command_line
*l
;
5984 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5986 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5987 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5988 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5989 struct value_print_options opts
;
5991 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5993 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5994 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5995 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5998 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
5999 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6007 if (part_of_multiple
)
6008 uiout
->field_fmt ("number", "%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6010 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
6014 if (part_of_multiple
)
6015 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6017 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6021 if (part_of_multiple
)
6022 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6024 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6028 if (part_of_multiple
)
6029 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6031 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6034 if (!raw_loc
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6035 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6038 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6040 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6042 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6043 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6044 is relatively readable). */
6045 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6046 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6048 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
);
6050 else if (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6051 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6053 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6056 if (header_of_multiple
)
6057 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>",
6058 metadata_style
.style ());
6059 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6060 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>",
6061 metadata_style
.style ());
6063 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6064 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6067 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6068 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6074 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6076 std::vector
<int> inf_nums
;
6079 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
6081 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6082 inf_nums
.push_back (inf
->num
);
6085 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6086 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6088 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6089 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6090 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6091 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6092 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6093 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6095 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_nums
, mi_only
);
6098 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6100 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6102 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6103 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6104 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6105 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6107 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6109 uiout
->text (" task ");
6110 uiout
->field_signed ("task", b
->task
);
6116 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6117 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6119 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6122 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6123 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6125 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6126 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6130 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6133 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6134 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6136 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6137 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
);
6139 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6140 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6141 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6142 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6143 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6145 uiout
->message (" (%pF evals)",
6146 string_field ("evaluated-by",
6147 bp_condition_evaluator (b
)));
6152 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6154 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6155 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6156 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6157 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6160 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6162 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6167 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6171 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6172 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6173 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6174 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6175 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6177 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6178 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6179 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6180 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6181 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6183 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6187 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6188 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6189 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6193 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6196 uiout
->message ("\tignore next %pF hits\n",
6197 signed_field ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
));
6200 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6201 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6202 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6203 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6206 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6207 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6208 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6209 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6210 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6212 uiout
->text ("next ");
6213 uiout
->field_signed ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6214 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6217 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6219 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6221 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6223 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6224 uiout
->field_signed ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6225 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6229 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6230 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6233 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6234 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6237 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6239 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6241 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6243 annotate_field (10);
6244 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6245 uiout
->field_signed ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6246 uiout
->text (" \n");
6249 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6251 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6253 annotate_field (11);
6255 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6256 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6257 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6263 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6264 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6269 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6271 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6273 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6275 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6277 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6278 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6279 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6280 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6284 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6286 bool fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
= false;
6289 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6290 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6293 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6294 bool use_fixed_output
6295 = (uiout
->test_flags (fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output
)
6296 || fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
);
6298 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> bkpt_tuple_emitter (gdb::in_place
, uiout
, "bkpt");
6299 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
, false);
6301 /* The mi2 broken format: the main breakpoint tuple ends here, the locations
6303 if (!use_fixed_output
)
6304 bkpt_tuple_emitter
.reset ();
6306 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6307 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6308 locations, if any. */
6310 || b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
6313 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6314 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6315 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6318 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6319 internally, that's not a property exposed to users.
6321 Likewise, while catchpoints may be implemented with
6322 breakpoints (e.g., catch throw), that's not a property
6323 exposed to users. We do however display the internal
6324 breakpoint locations with "maint info breakpoints". */
6325 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6326 && (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6327 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6329 || (b
->loc
&& (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))))
6331 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_list
> locations_list
;
6333 /* For MI version <= 2, keep the behavior where GDB outputs an invalid
6334 MI record. For later versions, place breakpoint locations in a
6336 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && use_fixed_output
)
6337 locations_list
.emplace (uiout
, "locations");
6340 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6342 ui_out_emit_tuple
loc_tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6343 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
6351 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6353 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6354 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6356 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6357 address to print. */
6358 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6361 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6365 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6366 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6367 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6370 return print_address_bits
;
6373 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6376 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6378 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6379 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6382 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6383 internal or momentary. */
6386 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6388 return b
->number
> 0;
6391 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6394 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6396 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6399 /* Print information on breakpoints (including watchpoints and tracepoints).
6401 If non-NULL, BP_NUM_LIST is a list of numbers and number ranges as
6402 understood by number_or_range_parser. Only breakpoints included in this
6403 list are then printed.
6405 If SHOW_INTERNAL is true, print internal breakpoints.
6407 If FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6408 ones for which it returns true.
6410 Return the total number of breakpoints listed. */
6413 breakpoint_1 (const char *bp_num_list
, bool show_internal
,
6414 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6416 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6417 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6418 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6419 struct value_print_options opts
;
6420 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6421 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6422 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6424 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6426 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6427 required for address fields. */
6428 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6431 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6432 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6435 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6436 accept. Skip the others. */
6437 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6439 if (show_internal
&& parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6441 if (!show_internal
&& !number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6445 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6447 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6449 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6450 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6451 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6453 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6454 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6455 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6457 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6462 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6463 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6464 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6467 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6468 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6469 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6471 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6472 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6474 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6475 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6477 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6478 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6480 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6481 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6483 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6485 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6486 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6488 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6490 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6492 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6493 uiout
->table_body ();
6494 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6495 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6500 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6501 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6504 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6505 accept. Skip the others. */
6507 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6509 if (show_internal
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6511 if (parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6514 else /* all others */
6516 if (!number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6520 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6521 show_internal is set. */
6522 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6523 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, show_internal
);
6527 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6529 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6533 if (bp_num_list
== NULL
|| *bp_num_list
== '\0')
6534 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6536 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6542 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6543 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6546 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6547 there have been breakpoints? */
6548 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6550 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6553 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6554 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6557 default_collect_info (void)
6559 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6561 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6562 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6564 if (!*default_collect
)
6567 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6569 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6570 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6571 uiout
->text (" \n");
6575 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6577 breakpoint_1 (args
, false, NULL
);
6579 default_collect_info ();
6583 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6585 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_watchpoint
);
6586 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6588 if (num_printed
== 0)
6590 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6591 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6593 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6598 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6600 breakpoint_1 (args
, true, NULL
);
6602 default_collect_info ();
6606 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6607 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6608 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6610 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6612 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6614 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6615 && bl
->address
== pc
6616 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6622 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6623 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6627 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6628 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6629 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6632 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6635 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6636 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6640 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6641 else /* if (others == ???) */
6642 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6644 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6647 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6648 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6649 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6650 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6651 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6652 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6653 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6654 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6658 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6660 current_uiout
->message (_("also set at pc %ps.\n"),
6661 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
6662 paddress (gdbarch
, pc
)));
6667 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of LOC.
6668 For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members are
6669 irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to
6670 other addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6672 More specifically, software watchpoints and catchpoints that are
6673 not backed by breakpoints always have a zero valued location
6674 address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of these types
6675 to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint location at address
6679 bl_address_is_meaningful (bp_location
*loc
)
6681 return loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
;
6684 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6685 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6688 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6689 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6691 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6692 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6694 /* Both of them must exist. */
6695 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6696 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6698 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6699 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6700 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6701 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6702 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6703 other watchpoint. */
6705 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6707 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6708 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
6710 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6712 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6713 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
6716 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6717 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6718 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6719 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6720 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6721 become hw_access locations later. */
6722 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6723 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6724 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6725 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6728 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6731 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6732 const address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6734 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6735 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6739 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6740 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6741 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6742 space doesn't really matter. */
6745 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space
*aspace1
,
6747 int len1
, const address_space
*aspace2
,
6750 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6751 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6752 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6755 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6756 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6757 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6758 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6761 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6762 const address_space
*aspace
,
6765 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6768 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6769 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6773 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6774 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6775 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6776 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6777 doesn't really matter. */
6780 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6781 const address_space
*aspace
,
6782 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
6784 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6785 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
6787 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
6789 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
6795 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6796 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6797 true, otherwise returns false. */
6800 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6801 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6803 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6804 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6805 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6806 different locations. */
6807 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6812 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6813 (bl_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent
6814 the same location. */
6817 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6818 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6820 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6822 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6823 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6824 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6826 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6827 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6829 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6832 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6833 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6834 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6836 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6837 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6838 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6839 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6843 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6844 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6846 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6847 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6851 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6852 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6854 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6855 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6857 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6860 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6861 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6862 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6863 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6866 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6867 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6869 if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6870 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6871 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6872 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6873 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6875 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6876 have their addresses modified. */
6879 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
6881 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6882 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6883 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6884 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6885 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6886 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
6891 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
= bpaddr
;
6893 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6895 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6896 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6897 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6900 adjusted_bpaddr
= address_significant (gdbarch
, adjusted_bpaddr
);
6902 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6903 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6905 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6906 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6908 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6913 bp_location_from_bp_type (bptype type
)
6918 case bp_single_step
:
6922 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6923 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6925 case bp_exception_resume
:
6926 case bp_step_resume
:
6927 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6928 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6930 case bp_std_terminate
:
6931 case bp_shlib_event
:
6932 case bp_thread_event
:
6933 case bp_overlay_event
:
6935 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6936 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6937 case bp_exception_master
:
6938 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6939 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6941 return bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6942 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6943 return bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6944 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6945 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6946 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6947 return bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6951 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6952 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6953 return bp_loc_other
;
6955 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6959 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
, bp_loc_type type
)
6961 this->owner
= owner
;
6962 this->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6963 this->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6966 this->loc_type
= type
;
6968 if (this->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
6969 || this->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
6970 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (this);
6975 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
)
6976 : bp_location::bp_location (owner
,
6977 bp_location_from_bp_type (owner
->type
))
6981 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6983 static struct bp_location
*
6984 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6986 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6990 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6995 /* Increment reference count. */
6998 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7003 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7004 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7007 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7009 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7011 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7012 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7016 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7019 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7021 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7022 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7024 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7025 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7027 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7029 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7034 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7040 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7043 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7044 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7046 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7048 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7052 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7053 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7054 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7055 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7058 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7059 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7061 static struct breakpoint
*
7062 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7064 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7066 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7068 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7069 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7072 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
7075 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7077 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7079 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7080 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7081 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7083 const char *function_name
;
7085 if (loc
->msymbol
!= NULL
7086 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7087 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc
))
7089 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7091 function_name
= loc
->msymbol
->linkage_name ();
7093 if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7094 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7096 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7097 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7098 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7099 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7101 loc
->related_address
= loc
->address
;
7105 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &function_name
, NULL
, NULL
);
7108 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7112 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7114 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7117 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7119 return get_objfile_arch (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
.symtab
));
7124 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7125 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7126 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7128 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7129 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7130 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7133 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7134 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7135 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7137 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7139 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7141 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7142 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7144 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7145 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7147 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7148 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7151 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7152 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7153 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7154 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7155 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7156 is also returned as the value of this function.
7158 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7159 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7160 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7161 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7162 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7163 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7164 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7167 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7168 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7169 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7171 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7173 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7174 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7177 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7178 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7179 initiated the operation. */
7182 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7184 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7185 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7187 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7188 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7189 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7190 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7191 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7192 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7193 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7194 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7196 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7197 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7199 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7200 after their removal. */
7201 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7202 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7203 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7206 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7209 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7211 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7213 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7215 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7216 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7218 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7219 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7224 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7226 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7228 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7229 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7231 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7232 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7236 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7237 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7238 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7242 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7244 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7247 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7249 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7251 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7252 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7254 new_b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
7256 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7258 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7261 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7262 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7263 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7264 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7270 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7271 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7274 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7275 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7279 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7281 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7283 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7284 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7286 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7288 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7289 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7290 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7291 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7294 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
);
7296 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7298 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7299 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7300 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7302 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7307 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7309 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7312 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7314 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7315 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7316 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7321 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7323 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7326 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7328 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7329 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7330 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7334 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7335 master breakpoint. */
7337 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7339 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7341 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7342 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7343 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7345 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7346 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7350 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7352 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7354 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7356 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7357 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7358 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7362 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7364 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7366 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7367 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7369 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7370 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7371 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7373 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7378 struct lang_and_radix
7384 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7387 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7389 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7390 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7393 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7396 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7398 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7400 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7401 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7402 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7403 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7407 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7409 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7411 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7412 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7413 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7414 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7417 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7420 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7422 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7424 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7425 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7426 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7427 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7430 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7431 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7432 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7434 static struct breakpoint
*
7435 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7436 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7438 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7440 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7441 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7442 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7447 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7449 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7452 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7455 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7457 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7459 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7461 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7462 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7464 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7470 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7471 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7474 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7476 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7478 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7480 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7481 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7483 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7484 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7485 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7486 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7487 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7488 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7489 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7490 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7491 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7492 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7493 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7494 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7497 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7502 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7503 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7504 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7507 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7509 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7510 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7512 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7514 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7515 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7517 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7518 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7519 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7520 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7521 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7522 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7523 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7524 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7525 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7527 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7528 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7529 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7530 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7533 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7534 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7536 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7538 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7539 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7540 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7543 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7548 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7549 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7550 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7553 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7555 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7557 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7560 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7561 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7562 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7563 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7564 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7565 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7566 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7567 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7568 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7569 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7571 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7572 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7577 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7578 int bp_modified
= 0;
7580 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7583 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7585 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7587 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7588 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7591 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7594 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7597 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7598 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7601 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7603 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7604 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7605 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7606 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7607 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7610 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7617 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7621 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7623 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7624 catchpoint. A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points
7625 to CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7627 struct fork_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7629 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7630 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7631 catchpoint has triggered. */
7632 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7635 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7639 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7641 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7644 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7648 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7650 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7653 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7657 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7658 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7659 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7661 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7663 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7666 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7670 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7673 static enum print_stop_action
7674 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7676 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7677 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7678 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7680 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7681 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7682 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7683 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7685 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7686 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7688 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7689 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7691 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7692 uiout
->text (" (forked process ");
7693 uiout
->field_signed ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7694 uiout
->text ("), ");
7695 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7698 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7702 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7704 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7705 struct value_print_options opts
;
7706 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7708 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7710 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7711 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7713 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7714 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7716 uiout
->text ("fork");
7717 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7719 uiout
->text (", process ");
7720 uiout
->field_signed ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7724 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7725 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "fork");
7728 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7732 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7734 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7737 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7741 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7743 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7744 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7747 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7749 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7751 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7755 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7757 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7760 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7764 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7766 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
7769 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7773 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7774 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7775 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7777 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7779 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7782 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7786 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7789 static enum print_stop_action
7790 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7792 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7793 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7794 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7796 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7797 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7798 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7799 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7801 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7802 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7804 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7805 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7807 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7808 uiout
->text (" (vforked process ");
7809 uiout
->field_signed ("newpid", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7810 uiout
->text ("), ");
7811 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7814 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7818 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7820 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7821 struct value_print_options opts
;
7822 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7824 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7825 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7826 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7828 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7829 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7831 uiout
->text ("vfork");
7832 if (c
->forked_inferior_pid
!= null_ptid
)
7834 uiout
->text (", process ");
7835 uiout
->field_signed ("what", c
->forked_inferior_pid
.pid ());
7839 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7840 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "vfork");
7843 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7847 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7849 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7852 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7856 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7858 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7859 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7862 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7864 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7866 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7867 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7868 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7870 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7872 ~solib_catchpoint () override
;
7874 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7875 unsigned char is_load
;
7877 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7878 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7880 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
7883 solib_catchpoint::~solib_catchpoint ()
7885 xfree (this->regex
);
7889 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7895 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7901 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7902 const address_space
*aspace
,
7904 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7906 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7907 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7909 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7912 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7914 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7916 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7919 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7922 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
7925 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7927 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7936 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7938 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7939 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7943 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
7946 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7952 for (const std::string
&iter
: current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
)
7955 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
.c_str (), 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7961 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7964 static enum print_stop_action
7965 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7967 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7968 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7970 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7971 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7972 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7973 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7975 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7976 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7978 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7979 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7980 print_solib_event (1);
7981 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7985 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7987 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7988 struct value_print_options opts
;
7989 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7991 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7992 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7993 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7995 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7998 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8006 msg
= string_printf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8008 msg
= _("load of library");
8013 msg
= string_printf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8015 msg
= _("unload of library");
8017 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
8019 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8020 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8024 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8026 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8028 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8029 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8033 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8035 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8037 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8038 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8039 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8041 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8042 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8045 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8047 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8048 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8049 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8050 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8051 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8052 created in an enabled state. */
8055 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8057 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8061 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8063 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
8067 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
8068 _("Invalid regexp")));
8069 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8072 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8073 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8074 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8076 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8078 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8081 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8085 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8086 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8089 const int enabled
= 1;
8091 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8093 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8097 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8098 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8100 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8104 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8105 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8107 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8110 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8111 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8112 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8113 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8116 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8117 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8118 const char *cond_string
,
8119 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8121 symtab_and_line sal
;
8122 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8124 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8126 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8127 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8131 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
8133 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
8134 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8135 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8136 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8139 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
8142 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8146 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8147 int tempflag
, const char *cond_string
,
8148 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8150 std::unique_ptr
<fork_catchpoint
> c (new fork_catchpoint ());
8152 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8154 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8156 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
8159 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8161 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8162 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8163 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8165 struct exec_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
8167 ~exec_catchpoint () override
;
8169 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8170 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8172 char *exec_pathname
;
8175 /* Exec catchpoint destructor. */
8177 exec_catchpoint::~exec_catchpoint ()
8179 xfree (this->exec_pathname
);
8183 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8185 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8189 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
8191 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (inferior_ptid
.pid ());
8195 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8196 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8197 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8199 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8201 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8204 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8208 static enum print_stop_action
8209 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8211 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8212 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8213 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8215 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8216 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
8217 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8218 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
8220 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
8221 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8223 uiout
->field_string ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8224 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8226 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
8227 uiout
->text (" (exec'd ");
8228 uiout
->field_string ("new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8229 uiout
->text ("), ");
8231 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8235 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8237 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8238 struct value_print_options opts
;
8239 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8241 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8243 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8244 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8245 is relatively readable). */
8246 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8247 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
8249 uiout
->text ("exec");
8250 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8252 uiout
->text (", program \"");
8253 uiout
->field_string ("what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8254 uiout
->text ("\" ");
8257 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
8258 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", "exec");
8262 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8264 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8267 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8271 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8273 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8274 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8277 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8280 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8283 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8284 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8288 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8289 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8291 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8293 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8300 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8304 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8307 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8309 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8312 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8314 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8316 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8322 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8323 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8324 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8325 types _not_ TYPE. */
8328 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8329 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8332 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8334 *other_type_used
= 0;
8339 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8342 if (b
->type
== type
)
8343 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8344 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8345 *other_type_used
= 1;
8352 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8354 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8358 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8360 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8361 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8367 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8369 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8373 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8375 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8376 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8382 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8384 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8385 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8389 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8391 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8392 breakpoint_re_set ();
8395 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8398 static struct breakpoint
*
8399 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8401 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8403 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8404 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8406 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8407 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8410 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8412 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8415 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8416 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8420 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8421 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8423 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8425 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8427 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8429 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8430 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8431 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8432 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8434 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
8436 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8438 return breakpoint_up (b
);
8441 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8442 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8443 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8445 static struct breakpoint
*
8446 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8448 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8451 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8453 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8454 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8455 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
8457 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8458 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8459 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8460 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8461 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8462 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8463 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8464 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8465 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8466 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8467 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8468 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8470 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8471 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8472 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8474 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8478 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8482 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8484 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8488 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8492 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8495 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8497 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8499 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8500 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8502 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8506 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8509 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8511 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8512 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
8516 static int bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8518 static struct bp_location
*
8519 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8520 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8522 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8523 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8524 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8526 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8527 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8529 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8530 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8531 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8532 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8533 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8534 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8535 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8538 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8539 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8540 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8541 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8546 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8547 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8548 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8549 loc
->probe
.prob
= sal
->prob
;
8550 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8551 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8552 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8553 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8554 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8555 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8556 loc
->symbol
= sal
->symbol
;
8557 loc
->msymbol
= sal
->msymbol
;
8558 loc
->objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8560 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
8562 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8563 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8564 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8565 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8566 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8567 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8568 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8569 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8570 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8571 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8572 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8573 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8575 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8582 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8585 program_breakpoint_here_p (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
8589 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8590 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8593 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8595 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8599 target_mem
= (gdb_byte
*) alloca (len
);
8601 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8602 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8603 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8604 scoped_restore restore_memory
8605 = make_scoped_restore_show_memory_breakpoints (0);
8607 if (target_read_memory (address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8608 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8614 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8615 return 0 otherwise. */
8618 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8620 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8622 /* If we have a non-breakpoint-backed catchpoint or a software
8623 watchpoint, just return 0. We should not attempt to read from
8624 the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types point to.
8625 program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8627 if (!bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
))
8630 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8631 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8632 return program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8635 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8636 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8639 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8641 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8642 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8647 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8649 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8651 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8653 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8655 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8656 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8658 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8659 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8660 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8662 if (!dprintf_function
)
8663 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8665 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8666 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8671 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8675 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8677 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8678 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8681 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8682 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8686 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8687 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8689 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8691 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8692 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
8693 = new struct command_line (simple_control
, printf_line
);
8694 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line
,
8695 command_lines_deleter ()));
8698 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8699 current style settings. */
8702 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
8703 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8705 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8709 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8710 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8714 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8715 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8716 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8717 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8720 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8721 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8722 event_location_up
&&location
,
8723 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8724 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8725 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8726 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8727 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8728 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8729 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8730 int display_canonical
)
8734 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8736 int target_resources_ok
;
8738 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8739 target_resources_ok
=
8740 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8742 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8743 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8744 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8745 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8748 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8750 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8752 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8756 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8758 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8760 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8761 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8764 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
8766 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8770 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
.release ();
8771 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
.release ();
8772 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8773 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8774 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8776 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8777 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8779 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8781 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8782 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8784 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8786 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8787 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8789 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
8792 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8794 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8796 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.assign (p
, endp
- p
);
8798 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8800 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8802 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8804 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
8806 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8808 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8811 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8812 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8819 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8820 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8826 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
8828 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
8829 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
8831 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
8834 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8835 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8836 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8838 if (b
->extra_string
)
8839 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8841 error (_("Format string required"));
8843 else if (b
->extra_string
)
8844 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
8847 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
8848 if (location
!= NULL
)
8849 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
8851 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
8852 b
->filter
= std::move (filter
);
8856 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8857 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8858 event_location_up
&&location
,
8859 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8860 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8861 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8862 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8863 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8864 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8865 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8866 int display_canonical
)
8868 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
8870 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
8871 sals
, std::move (location
),
8873 std::move (cond_string
),
8874 std::move (extra_string
),
8876 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8878 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8881 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
8884 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8885 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8886 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8887 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8888 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8889 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8890 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8891 we take just a single condition string.
8893 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8894 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8895 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8896 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8897 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8900 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8901 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
8902 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8903 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8904 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8905 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8906 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8907 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
8909 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
8910 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
8912 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
8914 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8915 'break', without arguments. */
8916 event_location_up location
8917 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
8918 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
8919 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
8920 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
8922 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
8923 std::move (location
),
8924 std::move (filter_string
),
8925 std::move (cond_string
),
8926 std::move (extra_string
),
8928 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
8929 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8930 canonical
->special_display
);
8934 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8935 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
8936 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
8937 linespec locations).
8939 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
8940 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
8943 parse_breakpoint_sals (const struct event_location
*location
,
8944 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
8946 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
8948 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
8950 const char *spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
8954 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
8955 breakpoint address. */
8956 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8958 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
8959 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
8960 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
8961 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
8962 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
8963 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
8964 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
8966 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8968 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
8969 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
8970 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
8971 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
8972 instances with the same symtab and line. */
8974 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8976 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
8978 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
8980 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
8984 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
8988 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
8989 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
8990 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
8991 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
8993 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
8994 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
8995 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
8996 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8998 const char *spec
= NULL
;
9000 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
9001 spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
9005 && strchr ("+-", spec
[0]) != NULL
9008 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9009 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9010 get_last_displayed_line (),
9011 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9016 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9017 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9021 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9022 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9025 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
9027 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
9028 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
9031 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9032 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9033 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9034 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9035 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9039 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9040 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
9042 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
9044 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9046 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9047 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9048 associated with SAL. */
9052 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
))
9053 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
9054 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), msg
.c_str ());
9058 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9059 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9060 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9061 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9062 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9063 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9066 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9067 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9070 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9077 const char *end_tok
;
9079 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9080 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9082 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9084 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9086 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9090 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9092 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9094 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9096 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9097 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9099 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9101 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9104 struct thread_info
*thr
;
9107 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
9109 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9110 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
9113 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9118 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9120 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9121 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9122 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9127 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9131 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9135 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9137 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
9138 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
9140 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9143 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9145 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9147 std::string
marker_str (p
, endp
- p
);
9149 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
9150 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
.c_str ());
9151 if (markers
.empty ())
9152 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
9153 marker_str
.c_str ());
9155 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
9156 sals
.reserve (markers
.size ());
9158 for (const static_tracepoint_marker
&marker
: markers
)
9160 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
.address
, 0);
9161 sal
.pc
= marker
.address
;
9162 sals
.push_back (sal
);
9169 /* Returns the breakpoint ops appropriate for use with with LOCATION_TYPE and
9170 according to IS_TRACEPOINT. */
9172 static const struct breakpoint_ops
*
9173 breakpoint_ops_for_event_location_type (enum event_location_type location_type
,
9178 if (location_type
== PROBE_LOCATION
)
9179 return &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9181 return &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9185 if (location_type
== PROBE_LOCATION
)
9186 return &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9188 return &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9192 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9194 const struct breakpoint_ops
*
9195 breakpoint_ops_for_event_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
9198 if (location
!= nullptr)
9199 return breakpoint_ops_for_event_location_type
9200 (event_location_type (location
), is_tracepoint
);
9201 return is_tracepoint
? &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
: &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9204 /* See breakpoint.h. */
9207 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9208 const struct event_location
*location
,
9209 const char *cond_string
,
9210 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
9212 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9214 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9215 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9216 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9219 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9222 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9224 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9226 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9227 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9228 extra_string
= NULL
;
9232 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9234 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
9236 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9238 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9240 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9243 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9246 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9248 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9249 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9250 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9251 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9252 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9255 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9256 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9257 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9258 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9265 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9268 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9269 are ok for the target. */
9272 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9273 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9276 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9277 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9279 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9280 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9283 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9284 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9288 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9289 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9296 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9298 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9299 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9300 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9301 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9303 find_condition_and_thread (extra_string
, lsal
.sals
[0].pc
,
9304 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9305 cond_string_copy
.reset (cond
);
9306 extra_string_copy
.reset (rest
);
9310 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9311 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9312 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9314 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9316 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9317 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9319 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9322 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9323 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9324 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9326 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9327 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9328 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9332 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9334 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9335 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9338 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9341 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9342 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (cond_string
) : NULL
;
9346 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9347 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
!= NULL
? xstrdup (extra_string
) : NULL
;
9348 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9349 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9350 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9351 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9352 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9353 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9354 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9356 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9359 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9361 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9362 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9363 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9366 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9371 /* Set a breakpoint.
9372 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9373 condition, and thread.
9374 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9375 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9379 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9381 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9382 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9383 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9386 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9387 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= breakpoint_ops_for_event_location
9388 (location
.get (), false /* is_tracepoint */);
9390 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9392 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9393 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9394 0 /* Ignore count */,
9395 pending_break_support
,
9403 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9406 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9410 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9412 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9413 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9414 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9417 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9418 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9419 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9420 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9423 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9425 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9426 const struct block
*b
;
9429 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9430 SYMTAB_COMPUNIT (sal
->symtab
));
9433 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9436 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
));
9437 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (SYMTAB_OBJFILE (sal
->symtab
),
9442 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9443 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9444 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9445 happen in assembly source). */
9447 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9448 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9450 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9452 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
9459 break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9461 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9465 tbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9467 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9471 hbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9473 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9477 thbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9479 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9483 stop_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9485 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9486 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9487 stop at <line>\n"));
9491 stopin_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9497 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9499 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9502 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9503 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9504 function/method name. */
9505 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9507 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9512 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9514 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9518 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9520 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9524 stopat_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9528 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9532 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9535 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9536 it is probably a line number. */
9537 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9539 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9544 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9546 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9550 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at LINE\n"));
9552 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9555 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9556 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9557 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9561 dprintf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9563 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9565 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9566 the next character must be ','. */
9569 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9570 error (_("Format string required"));
9573 /* Skip the comma. */
9578 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9580 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9582 0 /* Ignore count */,
9583 pending_break_support
,
9584 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9592 agent_printf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9594 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9597 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9598 ranged breakpoints. */
9601 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9602 const address_space
*aspace
,
9604 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9606 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9607 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9610 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9611 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9614 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9615 ranged breakpoints. */
9618 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9620 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9623 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9624 ranged breakpoints. */
9626 static enum print_stop_action
9627 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9629 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9630 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9631 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9633 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9635 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9636 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9638 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9640 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9642 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9643 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9645 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9646 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9648 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9649 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9650 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9652 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
9655 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9658 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9659 ranged breakpoints. */
9662 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9663 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9665 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9666 struct value_print_options opts
;
9667 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9669 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9670 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9672 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9674 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9675 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9676 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9677 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9679 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9683 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9684 ranged breakpoints. */
9687 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9688 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9690 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9691 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9696 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9697 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9699 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9700 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9701 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9702 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9703 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9707 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9708 ranged breakpoints. */
9711 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9713 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9714 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9717 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9719 uiout
->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9720 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9721 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9724 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9725 ranged breakpoints. */
9728 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9730 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9731 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
9732 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
9733 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9736 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9738 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9740 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9741 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9742 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9743 last instruction of the given line. */
9746 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9750 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9751 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9752 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9759 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9761 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9763 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9770 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9773 break_range_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9775 const char *arg_start
;
9776 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9777 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9779 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9781 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9782 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9783 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9785 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9786 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9787 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9790 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9792 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9793 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9794 error(_("No address range specified."));
9797 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9799 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
9802 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9803 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
9804 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9806 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
9808 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
9809 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
9810 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9812 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
9813 std::string
addr_string_start (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9815 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9816 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9818 /* Parse the end location. */
9822 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9823 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9824 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9825 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9826 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9827 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9829 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9830 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
9831 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
9833 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
9834 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9836 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
9837 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
9838 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
9839 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9841 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
9843 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
9844 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
9845 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9847 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
9849 /* Length overflowed. */
9850 error (_("Address range too large."));
9851 else if (length
== 1)
9853 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9854 the `hbreak' command. */
9855 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start
[0], 1);
9860 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9861 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
9862 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
9863 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
9864 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
9865 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9866 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
9867 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
9868 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
9871 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
9872 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9875 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9876 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9877 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9881 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
9889 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
9890 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
9893 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
9903 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
9904 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
9905 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
9906 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
9907 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
9909 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
9935 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
9938 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
9939 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
9944 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
9945 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
9946 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
9947 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
9948 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
9949 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
9950 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
9952 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
9953 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
9958 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
9960 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
9961 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
9962 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
9963 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
9965 We also have to check for function symbols because they
9966 are always constant. */
9968 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
9970 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
9971 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
9972 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
9977 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
9978 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
9979 then it is not a constant. */
9988 /* Watchpoint destructor. */
9990 watchpoint::~watchpoint ()
9992 xfree (this->exp_string
);
9993 xfree (this->exp_string_reparse
);
9996 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
9999 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10001 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10003 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10004 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10006 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10007 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10008 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10009 are loaded and unloaded.
10011 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10012 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10013 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10014 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10015 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10016 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10018 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10019 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10020 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10021 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10023 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10024 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10026 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10027 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10028 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10031 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10034 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10036 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10037 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10039 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10040 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10043 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10046 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10048 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10049 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10051 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10052 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
10056 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10057 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10058 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10060 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10061 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10063 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10064 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10065 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10066 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10067 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10068 (did not match the data address). */
10069 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10070 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10077 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10079 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10081 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10084 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10085 hardware watchpoints. */
10088 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10090 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10091 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10093 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10096 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10097 hardware watchpoints. */
10100 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10102 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10103 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10106 static enum print_stop_action
10107 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10109 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10110 enum print_stop_action result
;
10111 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10112 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10114 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10116 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10117 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10119 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10120 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10124 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
10127 case bp_watchpoint
:
10128 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10129 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10130 uiout
->field_string
10131 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10133 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10134 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10135 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10136 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10137 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10138 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10139 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10140 uiout
->text ("\n");
10141 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10142 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10145 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10146 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10147 uiout
->field_string
10148 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10150 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10151 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10152 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10153 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
10154 uiout
->text ("\n");
10155 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10158 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10159 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10161 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10162 uiout
->field_string
10164 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10166 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10167 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
10168 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
10169 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
10170 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
10175 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10176 uiout
->field_string
10178 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10179 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
10180 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
10182 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
10183 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
10184 uiout
->text ("\n");
10185 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10188 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10194 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10198 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10200 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10201 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10202 const char *tuple_name
;
10206 case bp_watchpoint
:
10207 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
10208 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10210 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10211 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
10212 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10214 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10215 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
10216 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10218 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10219 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10220 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10223 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10224 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10227 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10228 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
10229 uiout
->text (": ");
10230 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10233 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10237 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10239 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10243 case bp_watchpoint
:
10244 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10245 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10247 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10248 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10250 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10251 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10254 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10255 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10258 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10259 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10262 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10266 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10268 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10269 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10270 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10276 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10278 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10280 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10281 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10284 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10286 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10288 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10289 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10292 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10293 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10296 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
10298 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10300 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10301 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10304 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10305 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10308 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10310 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10312 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10315 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10316 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10319 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10324 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10325 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10327 static enum print_stop_action
10328 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10330 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10331 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10333 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10334 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10336 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10337 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10341 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10342 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10343 uiout
->field_string
10344 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10347 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10348 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10349 uiout
->field_string
10350 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10353 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10354 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10355 uiout
->field_string
10357 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10360 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10361 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10365 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10366 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10367 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10368 uiout
->text ("\n");
10370 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10371 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10374 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10375 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10378 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10379 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10381 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10383 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10384 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10386 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10387 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10388 uiout
->text ("\n");
10391 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10392 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10395 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10397 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10398 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10399 const char *tuple_name
;
10403 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10404 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10405 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10407 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10408 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10409 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10411 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10412 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10413 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10416 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10417 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10420 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10421 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
10422 uiout
->text (": ");
10423 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
);
10426 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10427 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10430 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10432 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10437 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10438 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10440 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10441 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10443 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10444 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10447 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10448 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10451 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10452 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10453 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10456 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10458 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10460 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10463 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10465 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10468 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10469 hw_read: watch read,
10470 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10472 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10473 int just_location
, int internal
)
10475 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10476 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10477 struct value
*result
;
10478 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10479 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10480 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10481 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10483 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10484 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10485 enum bptype bp_type
;
10488 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10489 the hardware watchpoint. */
10491 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10493 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10494 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10496 const char *value_start
;
10498 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10500 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10501 of the arguments string. */
10502 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10504 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10505 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10508 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10509 This is the value of the parameter. */
10510 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10512 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10514 /* Skip whitespace. */
10515 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10520 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10521 This is the parameter itself. */
10522 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10525 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10527 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10529 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10530 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10531 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10532 only in a specific thread. */
10536 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10538 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10539 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10541 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10542 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10543 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10545 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10547 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10549 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10550 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10552 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10555 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10557 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10559 mark
= value_mark ();
10560 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10561 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10562 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10565 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10568 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10569 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10576 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10577 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10579 std::string
expression (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10580 exp_start
= arg
= expression
.c_str ();
10581 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
10582 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
10584 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10585 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10587 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10590 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10591 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10595 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10596 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10598 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10601 exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
10602 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
10603 struct value
*val_as_value
= nullptr;
10604 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), &pc
, &val_as_value
, &result
, NULL
,
10607 if (val_as_value
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10609 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val_as_value
);
10610 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val_as_value
);
10618 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10619 val
= release_value (value_addr (result
));
10620 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10624 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
.get ()),
10627 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10628 else if (ret
== -2)
10629 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10632 else if (val_as_value
!= NULL
)
10633 val
= release_value (val_as_value
);
10635 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10636 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10638 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10639 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10641 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10642 innermost_block_tracker if_tracker
;
10643 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0, &if_tracker
);
10645 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10646 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10647 cond_exp_valid_block
= if_tracker
.block ();
10652 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10654 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10656 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10658 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10660 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10661 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10662 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10663 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10664 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10666 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10668 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10670 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10671 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10674 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10675 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10676 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10678 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10681 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10683 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10684 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10686 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10687 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10689 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10690 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10691 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10692 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10693 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10694 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10695 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10699 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10700 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10701 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10702 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10704 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10705 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10706 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10707 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10709 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10711 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
10714 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10715 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10717 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10718 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10719 w
->thread
= thread
;
10720 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10721 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10722 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10723 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10724 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10727 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
.get ());
10728 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
.get ());
10730 w
->exp_string_reparse
10731 = current_language
->la_watch_location_expression (t
, addr
).release ();
10733 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10734 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10737 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
10741 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10746 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10747 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10748 w
->val_valid
= true;
10752 w
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
10754 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10756 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10758 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
10759 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10763 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10764 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10767 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10769 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10770 need to act on them together. */
10771 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10772 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
10775 if (!just_location
)
10776 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10778 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10779 that should be inserted. */
10780 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
10782 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
10785 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10786 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10789 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
)
10791 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10793 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10794 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10797 gdb_assert (!vals
.empty ());
10798 struct value
*head
= vals
[0].get ();
10800 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10801 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10802 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10803 hardware watchpoint.
10805 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10806 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10807 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10808 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10809 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10810 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10811 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10812 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10813 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10815 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10816 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10817 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10818 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10819 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: vals
)
10821 struct value
*v
= iter
.get ();
10823 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
10825 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
10826 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10827 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10828 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10829 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10830 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10834 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10835 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10836 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
10838 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10839 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10840 middle of some value chain. */
10842 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10843 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
10845 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
10849 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
10850 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
10851 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
10853 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
10857 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
10861 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
10862 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
10863 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10864 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
10865 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10868 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10869 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10870 return found_memory_cnt
;
10874 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10876 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10879 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10880 calls watch_command_1. */
10883 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
10885 int just_location
= 0;
10888 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
10889 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
10892 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
10896 watch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10898 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
10902 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10904 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10908 rwatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10910 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
10914 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
10916 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10920 awatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10922 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
10926 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
10927 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
10930 struct until_break_fsm
: public thread_fsm
10932 /* The thread that was current when the command was executed. */
10935 /* The breakpoint set at the destination location. */
10936 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
;
10938 /* Breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame. May be
10940 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
;
10942 until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
10943 breakpoint_up
&&location_breakpoint
,
10944 breakpoint_up
&&caller_breakpoint
)
10945 : thread_fsm (cmd_interp
),
10947 location_breakpoint (std::move (location_breakpoint
)),
10948 caller_breakpoint (std::move (caller_breakpoint
))
10952 void clean_up (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10953 bool should_stop (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10954 enum async_reply_reason
do_async_reply_reason () override
;
10957 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
10958 until(location)/advance commands. */
10961 until_break_fsm::should_stop (struct thread_info
*tp
)
10963 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
10964 location_breakpoint
.get ()) != NULL
10965 || (caller_breakpoint
!= NULL
10966 && bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
10967 caller_breakpoint
.get ()) != NULL
))
10973 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
10974 until(location)/advance commands. */
10977 until_break_fsm::clean_up (struct thread_info
*)
10979 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
10980 location_breakpoint
.reset ();
10981 caller_breakpoint
.reset ();
10982 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (thread
);
10985 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
10986 until(location)/advance commands. */
10988 enum async_reply_reason
10989 until_break_fsm::do_async_reply_reason ()
10991 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
10995 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
10997 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10998 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
10999 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11000 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11002 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11004 clear_proceed_status (0);
11006 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11009 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
11011 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
11012 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
11013 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
11014 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11015 get_last_displayed_line ())
11016 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11019 if (sals
.size () != 1)
11020 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11022 symtab_and_line
&sal
= sals
[0];
11025 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11027 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11029 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11030 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
11032 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11033 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11034 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11037 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11038 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11039 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11040 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11042 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11045 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
;
11047 gdb::optional
<delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
> lj_deleter
;
11049 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11051 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11052 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
11054 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11055 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11056 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11057 caller_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
,
11062 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11063 lj_deleter
.emplace (thread
);
11066 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11069 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
;
11071 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11072 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11073 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11074 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11076 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11077 only at the very same frame. */
11078 location_breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11079 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11081 tp
->thread_fsm
= new until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
11082 std::move (location_breakpoint
),
11083 std::move (caller_breakpoint
));
11086 lj_deleter
->release ();
11088 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
11091 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11092 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11094 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11095 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11096 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11097 if clause in the arg string. */
11100 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (const char **arg
)
11102 const char *cond_string
;
11104 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11107 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11110 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11111 condition string. */
11112 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11113 cond_string
= *arg
;
11115 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11117 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11119 return cond_string
;
11122 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11123 process start/exit, etc. */
11127 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11128 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11133 catch_fork_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11134 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11136 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11137 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11138 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11141 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11142 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11143 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11147 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11149 /* The allowed syntax is:
11151 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11153 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11154 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11156 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11157 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11159 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11160 and enable reporting of such events. */
11163 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11164 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11165 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11166 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11168 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11169 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11170 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11171 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11174 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11180 catch_exec_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11181 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11183 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11185 const char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11187 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11191 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11193 /* The allowed syntax is:
11195 catch exec if <cond>
11197 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11198 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11200 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11201 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11203 std::unique_ptr
<exec_catchpoint
> c (new exec_catchpoint ());
11204 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11205 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11206 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11208 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
11212 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11213 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11214 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11215 const char *addr_string
,
11216 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11223 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11225 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11227 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11228 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11229 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11230 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11231 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11232 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11233 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11234 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11235 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11236 enough for now, though. */
11239 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
11241 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11242 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11243 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
11244 language_def (language_ada
));
11245 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11249 catch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11251 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11256 tcatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11258 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11261 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
11264 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
11266 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) a
;
11267 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) b
;
11269 if (a
->number
< b
->number
)
11271 else if (a
->number
> b
->number
)
11274 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11278 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11281 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11284 clear_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11286 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11289 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
11290 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
11291 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
11295 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11296 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11297 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11299 sals
= decoded_sals
;
11303 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11304 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11305 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11306 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
11307 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
11308 error (_("No source file specified."));
11314 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11315 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11316 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11317 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11319 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11320 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11321 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11322 due to optimization, all in one block.
11324 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11325 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11326 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11327 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11328 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11329 to support that. */
11331 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11332 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11333 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11336 std::vector
<struct breakpoint
*> found
;
11337 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
11339 const char *sal_fullname
;
11341 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11342 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11343 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11346 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11351 1 0 <can't happen> */
11353 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
11354 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
11356 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11357 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11360 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11361 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11363 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11364 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11366 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11367 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11368 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11370 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11371 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11372 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11373 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11374 int line_match
= 0;
11376 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11377 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
11378 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
11379 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11380 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11381 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11382 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11385 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11394 found
.push_back (b
);
11398 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11399 if (found
.empty ())
11402 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11404 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11407 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11408 std::sort (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11409 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11411 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) < 0;
11413 found
.erase (std::unique (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11414 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11416 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) == 0;
11420 if (found
.size () > 1)
11421 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11424 if (found
.size () == 1)
11425 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11427 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11430 for (breakpoint
*iter
: found
)
11433 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", iter
->number
);
11434 delete_breakpoint (iter
);
11437 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
11440 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11441 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11442 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11445 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
11447 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
11449 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11450 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11451 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11453 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11455 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
11457 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11458 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11462 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11463 std::sort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11464 bl_address_is_meaningful says), secondarily by ordering first
11465 permanent elements and terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted
11466 stable way despite std::sort being an unstable algorithm. */
11469 bp_location_is_less_than (const bp_location
*a
, const bp_location
*b
)
11471 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11472 return a
->address
< b
->address
;
11474 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11475 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11478 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11479 return a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
;
11481 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11482 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11483 return a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
;
11485 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11486 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11487 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11489 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11490 return a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
;
11495 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11496 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11497 content of the bp_locations array. */
11500 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11502 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
11504 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11505 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11507 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
11509 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11511 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11514 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11515 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11517 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11518 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11519 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11520 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11522 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11524 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11525 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11526 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11527 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11531 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11534 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11536 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11537 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
11539 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
11541 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
11543 struct bp_location
*bl
;
11544 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11545 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
11547 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11548 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11549 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11552 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
11554 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11555 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
11557 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
11560 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
11563 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
11565 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11566 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11567 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11568 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11571 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11573 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11576 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
11578 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11579 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
11580 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
11581 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
11585 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11588 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11590 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11591 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11592 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11593 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11595 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11596 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11597 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11598 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11599 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11601 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11602 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11603 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11604 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11605 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11606 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11607 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11608 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11611 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11612 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11613 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11617 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11619 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
11620 struct bp_location
*loc
;
11621 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11624 address
= bl
->address
;
11625 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11627 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11628 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11629 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11631 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11632 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11635 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11636 the same program space as the location
11637 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11638 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11639 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
11643 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11644 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11647 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11648 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11649 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11650 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11651 that have already been marked. */
11652 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11654 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11656 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
11659 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11660 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11661 locations are duplicate of which.
11663 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11664 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11668 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11670 struct breakpoint
*b
;
11671 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
11672 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11673 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11674 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11675 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11677 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11678 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11679 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11680 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11681 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11683 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11684 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11685 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11686 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11688 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11689 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11690 struct bp_location
**old_locp
;
11691 unsigned old_locations_count
;
11692 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<struct bp_location
*> old_locations (bp_locations
);
11694 old_locations_count
= bp_locations_count
;
11695 bp_locations
= NULL
;
11696 bp_locations_count
= 0;
11698 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11699 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11700 bp_locations_count
++;
11702 bp_locations
= XNEWVEC (struct bp_location
*, bp_locations_count
);
11703 locp
= bp_locations
;
11704 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11705 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11707 std::sort (bp_locations
, bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
,
11708 bp_location_is_less_than
);
11710 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11712 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11713 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11714 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11715 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11716 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11719 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11720 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11722 locp
= bp_locations
;
11723 for (old_locp
= old_locations
.get ();
11724 old_locp
< old_locations
.get () + old_locations_count
;
11727 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
11728 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
11730 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11731 not, we have to free it. */
11732 int found_object
= 0;
11733 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11734 int keep_in_target
= 0;
11737 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11738 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11739 while (locp
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11740 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11744 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11745 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11748 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11749 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11750 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11752 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11753 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11754 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11756 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
11757 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11760 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
11764 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11765 have to go through updates again. */
11766 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
11768 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11770 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
11772 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11773 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11774 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11775 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11776 at certain location is not inserted. */
11778 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
11780 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11783 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
11785 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11786 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11787 keep_in_target
= 1;
11791 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11792 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11793 remove its target-side condition. */
11795 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11796 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11797 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11798 this one from the target. */
11800 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11801 if (bl_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
))
11804 (loc2p
< bp_locations
+ bp_locations_count
11805 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11808 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
11810 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
11812 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11813 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11814 supported, but the latter are. */
11815 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11817 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
11818 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
11821 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11822 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11824 if (loc2
!= old_loc
11825 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
11827 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
11828 keep_in_target
= 1;
11836 if (!keep_in_target
)
11838 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
11840 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11841 this location on the global list, and try to
11842 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11843 reason why we will succeed next time.
11845 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11846 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11847 only after calling us. */
11848 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11849 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11850 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
11858 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
11859 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
11861 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11862 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11863 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11864 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11865 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11866 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11867 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11868 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11869 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11870 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11871 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11872 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11873 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11874 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11877 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11878 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11880 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11881 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11882 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11883 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11884 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11885 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11886 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11887 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11888 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11889 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11890 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11891 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11892 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11895 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
11896 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
11897 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
11898 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
11900 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
11901 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
11902 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
11903 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
11904 traps we can no longer explain. */
11906 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
11907 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11909 moribund_locations
.push_back (old_loc
);
11913 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11914 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
11919 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
11920 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
11921 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
11922 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
11923 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
11924 are sorted first for the same address.
11926 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
11927 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
11929 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11930 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11931 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11932 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11933 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
11935 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
11937 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
11940 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
11941 || !bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
)
11942 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
11943 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
11944 `struct bp_location'. */
11945 || is_tracepoint (b
))
11947 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11948 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11952 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
11953 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
11954 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
11955 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
11956 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
11957 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
11959 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
11961 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
11962 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
11963 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
11965 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
11966 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
11968 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
11970 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
11971 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11972 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11978 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
11979 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
11980 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
11982 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
11983 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
11985 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11986 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11989 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
11991 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
11992 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
11995 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
11996 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
11997 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
11998 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
11999 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12001 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12005 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
12006 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12010 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12012 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< moribund_locations
.size (); ++ix
)
12014 struct bp_location
*loc
= moribund_locations
[ix
];
12015 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12017 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12018 unordered_remove (moribund_locations
, ix
);
12025 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
12030 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
12032 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
12037 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12040 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12044 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12045 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12047 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12048 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12049 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12053 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12055 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12057 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
12059 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12063 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12067 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12069 struct value_print_options opts
;
12071 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12073 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12075 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12077 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
12078 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
12079 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
12080 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
12082 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
12083 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12085 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
12087 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
12088 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12093 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
12094 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
12100 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12101 printf_filtered (" at %ps",
12102 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
12103 paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
,
12104 b
->loc
->address
)));
12105 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12107 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12109 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12111 const char *filename
12112 = symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
);
12113 printf_filtered (": file %ps, line %d.",
12114 styled_string (file_name_style
.style (),
12116 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12119 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12120 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12121 real situation somewhat. */
12122 printf_filtered (": %s.",
12123 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
12128 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12130 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12132 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12137 bp_location::~bp_location ()
12139 xfree (function_name
);
12142 /* Destructor for the breakpoint base class. */
12144 breakpoint::~breakpoint ()
12146 xfree (this->cond_string
);
12147 xfree (this->extra_string
);
12150 static struct bp_location
*
12151 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12153 return new bp_location (self
);
12157 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12159 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12162 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12163 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12166 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12168 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12172 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12173 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12175 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12179 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12180 const address_space
*aspace
,
12182 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12184 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12188 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12193 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12197 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12199 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12202 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12206 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12208 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12211 static enum print_stop_action
12212 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12214 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12218 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12219 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12225 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12227 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12231 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12233 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12237 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
12238 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12239 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12240 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12242 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12246 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12247 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12248 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12249 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12250 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12251 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12253 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12254 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12255 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12256 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12258 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12261 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12262 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12263 const struct event_location
*location
,
12264 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12266 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12269 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12272 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
12277 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
12280 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12282 /* Nothing to do. */
12285 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12287 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12288 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12289 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12290 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12291 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12292 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12293 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12294 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12295 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12297 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12298 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12299 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12300 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
12301 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12302 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
12303 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
12304 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
12307 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12310 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12312 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12313 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
12315 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
12316 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12320 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12324 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12326 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
12328 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
12329 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
12331 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12332 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12334 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12338 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12340 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12341 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12343 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
12347 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12348 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12349 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12351 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12352 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12355 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12359 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12360 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
12361 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
12368 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12369 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12370 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12372 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
12373 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
12375 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
12376 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
12377 be set at the same address. */
12381 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12385 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12387 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12392 static enum print_stop_action
12393 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12395 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12396 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12398 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12400 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12402 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
12403 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12405 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12406 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12407 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12410 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12411 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12413 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12415 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12416 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12417 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12420 uiout
->message ("Temporary breakpoint %pF, ",
12421 signed_field ("bkptno", b
->number
));
12423 uiout
->message ("Breakpoint %pF, ",
12424 signed_field ("bkptno", b
->number
));
12426 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12430 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12432 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12437 case bp_breakpoint
:
12438 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12439 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12440 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12442 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12443 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12444 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12445 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12447 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12448 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12451 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12459 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12461 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12462 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12463 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12464 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12465 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12466 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12467 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12468 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12469 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12471 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12472 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12474 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12475 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12477 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12478 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12479 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12480 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
);
12482 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12486 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12487 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12488 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12490 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12494 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12495 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12496 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12497 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12498 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12499 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12501 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12502 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12503 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12504 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12506 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12507 std::move (cond_string
),
12508 std::move (extra_string
),
12510 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12511 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12512 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12515 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12516 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12517 const struct event_location
*location
,
12518 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12520 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12523 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12526 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12530 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12531 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12532 case bp_overlay_event
:
12533 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12534 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12535 case bp_exception_master
:
12536 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12539 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12540 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12541 case bp_shlib_event
:
12543 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12544 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12545 case bp_thread_event
:
12551 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12553 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12555 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12556 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12557 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12558 objects (among other things). */
12559 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12560 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12566 static enum print_stop_action
12567 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12569 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12571 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12575 case bp_shlib_event
:
12576 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12577 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12578 to shlib event" message.) */
12579 print_solib_event (0);
12582 case bp_thread_event
:
12583 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12584 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12585 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12588 case bp_overlay_event
:
12589 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12590 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12593 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12594 /* These should never be enabled. */
12595 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12598 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12599 /* These should never be enabled. */
12600 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12601 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12604 case bp_exception_master
:
12605 /* These should never be enabled. */
12606 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12607 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12611 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12615 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12617 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12620 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12623 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12625 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12626 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12627 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12628 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12632 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12634 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12637 static enum print_stop_action
12638 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12640 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12644 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12646 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12649 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12651 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12652 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12654 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12656 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
12659 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
12662 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12665 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12667 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
12671 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12673 bl
->probe
.prob
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12680 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12681 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12683 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12684 bl
->probe
.prob
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12686 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
12690 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12691 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12692 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12694 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12696 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
12698 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12699 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12702 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12703 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12704 const struct event_location
*location
,
12705 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12707 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
12709 error (_("probe not found"));
12713 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12716 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12718 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12722 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12723 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12724 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12726 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12732 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12733 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12735 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12736 if (!tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12738 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
12740 uiout
->message ("\tmarker id is %pF\n",
12741 string_field ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12742 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ()));
12747 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12749 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12754 case bp_tracepoint
:
12755 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12756 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12758 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
12759 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12760 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12762 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
12763 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12764 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12767 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12768 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
12775 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12777 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12779 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12780 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12781 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12782 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12783 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12784 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12786 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12787 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
12789 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12790 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
12791 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
12793 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12794 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12798 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12799 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12800 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12802 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12806 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12807 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12808 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12809 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12810 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12811 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12813 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12814 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12815 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12816 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12818 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12819 std::move (cond_string
),
12820 std::move (extra_string
),
12822 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12823 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12824 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12827 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12828 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12829 const struct event_location
*location
,
12830 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12832 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12835 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
12837 /* Virtual table for tracepoints on static probes. */
12840 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12841 (const struct event_location
*location
,
12842 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12843 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12845 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12846 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12849 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12850 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12851 const struct event_location
*location
,
12852 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12854 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12855 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12858 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12861 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12863 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12865 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12866 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
12868 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12869 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12870 3 - disconnect from target 1
12871 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
12873 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
12874 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
12875 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
12876 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
12877 it all the time. */
12878 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12879 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
12882 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
12885 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12887 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
12888 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
12890 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12893 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
12896 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
12897 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
12898 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
12899 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
12900 address are all handled. */
12903 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
12905 struct bpstats tmp_bs
;
12906 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
12908 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
12909 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
12910 condition not be evaluated. */
12913 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
12914 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
12915 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
12916 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
12917 commands here throws. */
12918 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
12919 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
12921 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
12923 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
12924 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
12928 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
12932 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
12933 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12934 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12936 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12937 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
12939 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
12940 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
12942 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
12943 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
12944 canonical
->location
12945 = new_linespec_location (&ptr
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
12948 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12949 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12953 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12954 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12955 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12956 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12957 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12958 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12960 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12961 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12962 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12963 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12965 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
12967 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
12968 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
12969 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
12970 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
12971 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
12972 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
12974 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
12976 event_location_up location
12977 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
12979 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
12980 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
12981 std::move (location
), NULL
,
12982 std::move (cond_string
),
12983 std::move (extra_string
),
12984 type_wanted
, disposition
,
12985 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
12986 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
12987 canonical
->special_display
);
12988 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
12989 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
12990 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
12991 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
12992 try to match up which of the newly found markers
12993 corresponds to this one */
12994 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
12996 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
13000 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13001 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13002 const struct event_location
*location
,
13003 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13005 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13006 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
13008 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
13009 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13011 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13016 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13019 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13022 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13024 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13027 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13031 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13033 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13035 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13037 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13038 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13041 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13042 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13043 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13044 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13045 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13048 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13049 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13050 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13051 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13053 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13056 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13057 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13058 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13060 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13061 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13063 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13064 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13065 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13066 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13070 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13072 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13073 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13074 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13075 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13076 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13079 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13080 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13081 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13082 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13084 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted
.notify (bpt
);
13086 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13087 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13089 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13090 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13092 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13096 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13098 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13099 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13100 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13101 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13102 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13103 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13104 commands won't work. */
13106 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13108 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13109 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13110 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13111 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13112 might be better design to have location completely
13113 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13114 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13116 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13117 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13118 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13122 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13123 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13126 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13127 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13129 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13134 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13136 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13137 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13139 if (next
== related
)
13141 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13142 function (related
);
13144 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13145 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13150 function (related
);
13154 while (related
!= b
);
13158 delete_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13160 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13166 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13168 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13169 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13170 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13171 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13172 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13174 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13178 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13180 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13182 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13183 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13184 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13188 map_breakpoint_numbers
13189 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
13191 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
13195 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
13196 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
13200 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13202 struct bp_location
*loc
;
13204 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13205 if ((pspace
== NULL
13206 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
13207 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
13208 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13213 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13214 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13215 Null names are ignored. */
13218 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13220 struct bp_location
*l
;
13221 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
, streq_hash
, NULL
,
13224 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13227 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13229 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13233 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13235 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13239 htab_delete (htab
);
13245 htab_delete (htab
);
13249 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13250 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13251 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13252 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13253 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13254 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13255 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13256 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13259 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13260 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13261 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13262 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13263 in the sources, and output a warning.
13265 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13266 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13267 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13268 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13269 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13272 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13273 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13274 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13275 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13276 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13277 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13278 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13279 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13280 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13282 static struct symtab_and_line
13283 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13285 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13286 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13291 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13293 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13295 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= marker
.str_id
)
13296 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13297 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str (),
13298 marker
.str_id
.c_str ());
13300 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
13305 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13307 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13309 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13310 && !tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
13312 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
13313 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
13314 (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13316 if (!markers
.empty ())
13318 struct symbol
*sym
;
13319 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13320 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13321 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
13323 tpmarker
= &markers
[0];
13325 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13327 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13328 "found at previous line number"),
13329 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
13331 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13332 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13333 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
13336 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
13337 function_name_style
.style ());
13338 uiout
->text (" at ");
13340 uiout
->field_string ("file",
13341 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
13342 file_name_style
.style ());
13345 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
13347 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13349 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
13352 uiout
->field_signed ("line", sal2
.line
);
13353 uiout
->text ("\n");
13355 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13356 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
13358 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
13359 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13360 explicit_loc
.source_filename
13361 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
13362 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
13363 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
13364 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
13366 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13373 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13374 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13377 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13381 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13384 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13387 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
13394 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13400 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13401 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13402 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13404 static struct bp_location
*
13405 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13407 struct bp_location head
;
13408 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13409 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13410 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13412 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13423 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
13438 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13439 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13440 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13441 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13445 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13446 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
13447 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
13448 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
13450 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
13452 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
13454 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13456 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13457 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13458 "multiple locations found\n"),
13463 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13464 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13465 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13466 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13467 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13468 individual locations. */
13469 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
13472 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
13474 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
13476 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13478 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
13480 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
13482 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13484 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13488 s
= b
->cond_string
;
13491 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
13492 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
13495 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13497 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
13498 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
13499 b
->number
, e
.what ());
13500 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
13504 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
13506 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
13508 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13512 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13515 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13516 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13517 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13518 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13519 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13520 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13521 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13523 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13525 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
13527 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
13528 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13530 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13531 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
13539 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
13540 if (l
->function_name
13541 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
13551 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13552 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13555 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13556 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13558 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13559 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
13560 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
13562 struct gdb_exception exception
;
13564 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13566 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
13570 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13572 catch (gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13574 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13576 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13577 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13578 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13579 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13580 state, then user already saw the message about that
13581 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13583 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13584 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13586 && search_pspace
!= NULL
13587 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
13588 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13589 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13590 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13591 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
13593 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
13595 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13596 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13597 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13598 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13599 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13600 which approach is better. */
13601 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13605 exception
= std::move (e
);
13608 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
13610 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
13611 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
13612 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13614 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
13617 find_condition_and_thread (b
->extra_string
, sals
[0].pc
,
13618 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
13620 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
13622 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
13623 b
->thread
= thread
;
13627 xfree (b
->extra_string
);
13628 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
13630 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
13633 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
13634 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
13644 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13645 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13649 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13651 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
13652 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
13655 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
13656 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13658 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
13660 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
13662 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
13663 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
13664 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13666 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
13669 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
13672 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13673 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13676 create_sals_from_location_default (const struct event_location
*location
,
13677 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13678 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13680 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
13683 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13684 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13688 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13689 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13690 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13691 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13692 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13693 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13695 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13696 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13697 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13698 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13700 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13701 std::move (cond_string
),
13702 std::move (extra_string
),
13703 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13704 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13705 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13708 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13709 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13711 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13712 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13713 const struct event_location
*location
,
13714 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13716 struct linespec_result canonical
;
13718 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
13719 NULL
, 0, &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
13722 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13723 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
13725 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
13727 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
13728 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
13733 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13736 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
13738 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
13739 set_language (b
->language
);
13741 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
13744 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13745 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13748 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13750 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13753 scoped_restore_current_language save_language
;
13754 scoped_restore save_input_radix
= make_scoped_restore (&input_radix
);
13755 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
13757 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
13758 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
13759 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
13760 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
13761 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
13762 we select the current frame.
13764 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
13765 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
13766 have been reset. */
13767 scoped_restore save_language_mode
= make_scoped_restore (&language_mode
);
13768 language_mode
= language_mode_manual
;
13770 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13771 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13772 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13773 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13775 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13779 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
13781 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
13783 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
13784 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13789 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13792 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13793 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13794 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13795 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13797 /* Now we can insert. */
13798 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13801 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13803 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13804 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13806 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13808 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13810 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
13812 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13813 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13814 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13816 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
13820 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13821 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13822 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13825 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13827 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13832 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13833 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
13835 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
13837 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
13838 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13843 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
13847 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13848 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13850 else if (count
== 1)
13851 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13854 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13855 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13858 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13862 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
13865 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13868 ignore_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13870 const char *p
= args
;
13874 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13876 num
= get_number (&p
);
13878 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
13880 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13882 set_ignore_count (num
,
13883 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
13886 printf_filtered ("\n");
13890 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
13891 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
13894 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
,
13895 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13897 if (bp_num_range
.first
== 0)
13899 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
13900 bp_num_range
.first
);
13904 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
13906 for (int i
= bp_num_range
.first
; i
<= bp_num_range
.second
; i
++)
13908 bool match
= false;
13910 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
13911 if (b
->number
== i
)
13918 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i
);
13923 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
13927 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
13928 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13930 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
13931 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
13933 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
13935 while (!parser
.finished ())
13937 int num
= parser
.get_number ();
13938 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num
, num
), function
);
13942 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
13943 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
13945 static struct bp_location
*
13946 find_location_by_number (int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
13948 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13950 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13951 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
13956 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
13957 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num
);
13960 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
13963 for (bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13964 if (++n
== loc_num
)
13967 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
13970 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
13971 enum class extract_bp_kind
13973 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
13976 /* Extracting a location number. */
13980 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
13981 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
13982 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
13983 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
13984 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
13987 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind
, const char *start
,
13988 int trailer
, const char **end_out
= NULL
)
13990 const char *end
= start
;
13991 int num
= get_number_trailer (&end
, trailer
);
13993 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13994 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
13995 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
13996 int (end
- start
), start
);
13998 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13999 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
14000 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
14001 int (end
- start
), start
);
14003 if (end_out
!= NULL
)
14008 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
14009 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
14010 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
14011 are always positive integers. */
14013 static std::pair
<int, int>
14014 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind
,
14015 const std::string
&arg
,
14016 std::string::size_type arg_offset
)
14018 std::pair
<int, int> range
;
14019 const char *bp_loc
= &arg
[arg_offset
];
14020 std::string::size_type dash
= arg
.find ('-', arg_offset
);
14021 if (dash
!= std::string::npos
)
14023 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
14024 if (arg
.length () == dash
+ 1)
14025 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14026 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
14027 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
14031 const char *start_first
= bp_loc
;
14032 const char *start_second
= &arg
[dash
+ 1];
14033 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_first
, '-');
14034 range
.second
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_second
, '\0', &end
);
14036 if (range
.first
> range
.second
)
14037 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
14038 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
14039 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
14040 int (end
- start_first
), start_first
);
14044 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
14045 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, bp_loc
, '\0');
14046 range
.second
= range
.first
;
14051 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
14052 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
14055 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
14057 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
14058 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
14059 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
14060 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
14061 location number range.
14065 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string
&arg
,
14066 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_num_range
,
14067 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
)
14069 std::string::size_type dot
= arg
.find ('.');
14071 if (dot
!= std::string::npos
)
14073 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
14075 if (arg
.length () == dot
+ 1 || dot
== 0)
14076 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg
.c_str ());
14079 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
.c_str (), '.');
14080 bp_num_range
.second
= bp_num_range
.first
;
14082 bp_loc_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc
,
14087 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
14089 bp_num_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
, 0);
14090 bp_loc_range
.first
= 0;
14091 bp_loc_range
.second
= 0;
14095 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
14096 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
14099 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num
, int loc_num
, bool enable
)
14101 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (bp_num
, loc_num
);
14104 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
14106 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
14107 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14109 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14110 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14111 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14112 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14114 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14116 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (loc
->owner
);
14119 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
14120 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
14121 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
14122 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
14126 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num
,
14127 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
,
14130 for (int i
= bp_loc_range
.first
; i
<= bp_loc_range
.second
; i
++)
14131 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num
, i
, enable
);
14134 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14135 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14136 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14139 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14141 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14142 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14143 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14144 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14147 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14149 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14150 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14152 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14153 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14155 struct bp_location
*location
;
14157 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14158 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14161 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
14163 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14166 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
14167 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
14168 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
14169 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
14172 enable_disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
, bool enable
)
14176 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14178 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14179 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14182 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14184 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14189 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14191 while (!num
.empty ())
14193 std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
;
14195 extract_bp_number_and_location (num
, bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
);
14197 if (bp_loc_range
.first
== bp_loc_range
.second
14198 && bp_loc_range
.first
== 0)
14200 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
14201 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range
,
14203 ? enable_breakpoint
14204 : disable_breakpoint
);
14208 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
14210 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
14211 (bp_num_range
.first
, bp_loc_range
, enable
);
14213 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14218 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
14219 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
14220 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
14221 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14224 disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14226 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, false);
14230 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14233 int target_resources_ok
;
14235 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14238 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14239 target_resources_ok
=
14240 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14242 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14243 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14244 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14245 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14248 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14250 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14251 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14255 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14257 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14258 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14259 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14261 catch (const gdb_exception
&e
)
14263 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14264 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14270 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14272 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14273 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14275 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14276 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14278 struct bp_location
*location
;
14280 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14281 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14284 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14285 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14286 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
14288 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
14293 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14295 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14298 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
14299 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
14300 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
14301 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
14304 enable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14306 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, true);
14310 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14312 map_breakpoint_numbers
14313 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14315 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14316 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14318 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
14324 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14329 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
14331 count
= get_number (&args
);
14333 map_breakpoint_numbers
14334 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14336 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14337 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14339 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
14345 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14347 map_breakpoint_numbers
14348 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
14350 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
14351 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
14353 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
14359 set_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14364 show_breakpoint_cmd (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14368 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14369 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14373 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14374 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14375 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14377 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14379 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14380 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14381 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14383 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14385 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
!= nullptr)
14387 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14389 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14390 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14391 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14392 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14395 wp
->val_valid
= false;
14401 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14404 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14405 const address_space
*aspace
,
14408 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
14409 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
14410 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
14412 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
14414 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
14415 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
14418 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14420 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14421 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14422 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14424 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14427 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14430 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14432 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14433 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14435 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14437 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14439 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14440 const address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14442 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14443 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14451 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14454 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14455 const address_space
*aspace
,
14458 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14460 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14462 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14468 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14472 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
14475 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14477 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14479 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14480 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14486 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14488 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14490 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14492 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14493 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14497 trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14499 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14501 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= breakpoint_ops_for_event_location
14502 (location
.get (), true /* is_tracepoint */);
14504 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14506 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14508 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14509 0 /* Ignore count */,
14510 pending_break_support
,
14514 0 /* internal */, 0);
14518 ftrace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14520 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14522 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14524 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14526 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14527 0 /* Ignore count */,
14528 pending_break_support
,
14529 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14532 0 /* internal */, 0);
14535 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14538 strace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14540 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14541 event_location_up location
;
14543 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14544 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14545 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14547 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14548 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
14552 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14553 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
14556 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14558 NULL
, 0, arg
, 1 /* parse arg */,
14560 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14561 0 /* Ignore count */,
14562 pending_break_support
,
14566 0 /* internal */, 0);
14569 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14570 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14572 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14573 static int next_cmd
;
14576 read_uploaded_action (void)
14578 char *rslt
= nullptr;
14580 if (next_cmd
< this_utp
->cmd_strings
.size ())
14582 rslt
= this_utp
->cmd_strings
[next_cmd
].get ();
14589 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14590 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14591 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14592 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14593 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14595 struct tracepoint
*
14596 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14598 const char *addr_str
;
14599 char small_buf
[100];
14600 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14602 if (utp
->at_string
)
14603 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
.get ();
14606 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14607 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14608 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14610 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14611 "source location, using raw address"),
14613 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14614 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14617 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14618 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14619 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14620 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14623 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
14625 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14627 utp
->cond_string
.get (), -1, addr_str
,
14628 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14630 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14631 0 /* Ignore count */,
14632 pending_break_support
,
14633 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14635 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14637 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14640 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14641 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
14642 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
14646 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
14649 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
14652 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14653 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14654 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14656 if (!utp
->cmd_strings
.empty ())
14658 counted_command_line cmd_list
;
14663 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
);
14665 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
14667 else if (!utp
->actions
.empty ()
14668 || !utp
->step_actions
.empty ())
14669 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14670 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14673 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14674 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
14675 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
14680 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14684 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14686 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14689 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_tracepoint
);
14691 if (num_printed
== 0)
14693 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14694 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14696 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
14699 default_collect_info ();
14702 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14703 Not supported by all targets. */
14705 enable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14707 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14710 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14711 Not supported by all targets. */
14713 disable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14715 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14718 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14720 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14722 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14728 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14730 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14731 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14732 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14734 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14735 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14737 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14741 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14743 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14745 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14746 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14747 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14751 map_breakpoint_numbers
14752 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
14754 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
14758 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14761 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14763 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
14764 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (tp
);
14766 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14767 tp
->number
, count
);
14770 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14772 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14773 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14774 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14777 trace_pass_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14779 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
14782 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
14783 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14784 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14786 count
= strtoulst (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14788 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
14789 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
14791 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14793 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14795 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14797 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14799 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14800 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14803 else if (*args
== '\0')
14805 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
14807 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14811 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14812 while (!parser
.finished ())
14814 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
14816 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14821 struct tracepoint
*
14822 get_tracepoint (int num
)
14824 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14826 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14827 if (t
->number
== num
)
14828 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14833 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14834 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14837 struct tracepoint
*
14838 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
14840 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14842 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
14844 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14846 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
14853 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14854 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14855 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14856 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14858 struct tracepoint
*
14859 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg
,
14860 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
14862 struct breakpoint
*t
;
14864 const char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
14866 if (parser
!= NULL
)
14868 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
14869 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
14871 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
14872 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
14874 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
14878 if (instring
&& *instring
)
14879 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14882 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
14886 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
14887 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
14889 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14892 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
14897 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
14899 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14900 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
14903 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
14905 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
14908 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
14909 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
14910 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
14914 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
14915 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
14917 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
14919 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
14921 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
14922 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
14924 /* See if we have anything to save. */
14925 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
14927 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14928 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14931 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14932 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14937 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
14939 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
14941 /* We can stop searching. */
14948 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
14952 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
14956 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
14957 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
14958 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
14960 if (extra_trace_bits
)
14961 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
14963 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
14965 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14966 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14969 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14970 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14973 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
14975 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
14976 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
14979 if (tp
->cond_string
)
14980 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
14982 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
14983 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
14985 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
14987 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
14989 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
14992 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
14994 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
14996 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15000 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
15001 fp
.puts (" end\n");
15004 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15005 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
15007 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15008 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15009 special, and not user visible. */
15010 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15012 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15015 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15017 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15021 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15022 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15025 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
15028 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15031 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15033 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15036 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15039 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
15041 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15044 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15046 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
15047 all_tracepoints (void)
15049 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> tp_vec
;
15050 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15052 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15054 tp_vec
.push_back (tp
);
15061 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
15062 locations used by several commands. */
15064 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
15065 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
15066 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
15067 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15068 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
15069 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
15071 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
15072 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
15073 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
15075 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
15076 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
15077 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
15078 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
15079 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
15081 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
15082 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
15083 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
15084 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
15085 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
15086 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead."
15088 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15089 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15090 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15093 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15094 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15095 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15096 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15097 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
15098 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
15099 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
15102 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15103 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15105 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15106 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15107 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\n\
15108 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15109 conditions are different.\n\
15111 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15113 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15114 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15116 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15117 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15120 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
15121 cmd_const_sfunc_ftype
*sfunc
,
15122 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15123 void *user_data_catch
,
15124 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15126 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15128 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15130 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15131 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15132 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15134 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
15136 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15137 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15138 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15142 save_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15144 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15145 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15146 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", all_commands
, gdb_stdout
);
15149 struct breakpoint
*
15150 iterate_over_breakpoints (gdb::function_view
<bool (breakpoint
*)> callback
)
15152 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15154 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15163 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15164 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15167 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15169 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15170 non-inline function. */
15171 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15177 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15178 have been inlined. */
15181 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15182 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15184 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15185 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15187 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15189 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15192 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15194 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15195 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15203 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15206 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15208 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15210 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15211 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& SYMTAB_OBJFILE (loc
->symtab
) == objfile
)
15212 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15216 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15218 static int initialized
= 0;
15220 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15226 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15227 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15228 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15229 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15230 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15231 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15232 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15233 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15234 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15235 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
15236 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15237 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
15239 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15240 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15241 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15242 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15243 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15244 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15245 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15246 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15248 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15249 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15250 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15251 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15252 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15253 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15254 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15255 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15256 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15257 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15259 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15260 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15261 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15262 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15263 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15264 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15265 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15267 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15268 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15269 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15270 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15271 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15272 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15273 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15275 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15276 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15277 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15278 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15279 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15280 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15281 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
15284 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15285 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15286 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15287 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15288 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15289 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15290 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15291 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15292 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15293 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15294 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15295 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15296 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
15298 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15299 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15300 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15301 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15302 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15303 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15304 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15305 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15306 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15307 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15308 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15311 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15312 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15313 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15314 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15315 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15316 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15317 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15318 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
15319 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15320 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
15322 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15323 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15324 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15325 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
15326 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
15328 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15329 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15330 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15331 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
15332 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15333 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
15335 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15336 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15337 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15338 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15339 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15340 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15341 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15342 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15343 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15344 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15346 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15347 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15348 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15349 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15350 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15351 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15352 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15353 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15354 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15355 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15357 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15358 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15359 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15360 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15361 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15362 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15363 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15364 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15365 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15366 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15368 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15369 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15370 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15371 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15372 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15373 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15374 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15375 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15376 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15377 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15378 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15380 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15381 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15382 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
15383 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15384 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15385 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15386 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
15387 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
15388 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
15391 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
15393 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
15395 /* See breakpoint.h. */
15397 cmd_list_element
*commands_cmd_element
= nullptr;
15400 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
15402 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
15404 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
15406 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
15407 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
15408 gdb::observers::memory_changed
.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
15410 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
15411 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
15412 before a breakpoint is set. */
15413 breakpoint_count
= 0;
15415 tracepoint_count
= 0;
15417 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
15418 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
15419 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
15421 commands_cmd_element
= add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
,
15422 commands_command
, _("\
15423 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
15424 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
15425 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
15427 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
15428 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
15429 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
15430 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
15431 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
15433 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
15434 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
15435 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
15436 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
15437 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
15439 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
15440 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
15441 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15442 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
15443 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
15445 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
15446 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15448 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
15449 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15450 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
15451 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
15453 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
15454 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15456 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
15457 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
15458 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
15459 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
15461 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
15462 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15464 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15465 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15466 Usage: enable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15467 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15468 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
15469 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15470 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
15471 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15473 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15475 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
15476 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15477 Usage: enable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15478 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
15479 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
15480 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\"."),
15481 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
15483 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15484 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
15485 Usage: enable breakpoints once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15486 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15489 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15490 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
15491 Usage: enable breakpoints delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15492 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15495 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15496 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
15497 Usage: enable breakpoints count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15498 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15499 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15502 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15503 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
15504 Usage: enable delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15505 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15508 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15509 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
15510 Usage: enable once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15511 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15514 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15515 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
15516 Usage: enable count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15517 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15518 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15521 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15522 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15523 Usage: disable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15524 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15525 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15526 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15527 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15528 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15529 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15531 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
15532 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15533 Usage: disable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15534 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15535 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15536 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15537 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15540 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15541 Delete all or some breakpoints.\n\
15542 Usage: delete [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15543 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15544 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15546 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects."),
15547 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15548 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15549 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15551 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
15552 Delete all or some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15553 Usage: delete breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15554 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15555 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15556 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15559 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15560 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15561 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15563 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15564 is executing in.\n"
15565 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15566 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15567 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
15569 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15570 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15571 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15572 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15574 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
15575 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
15576 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
15577 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
15581 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15582 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15583 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
15584 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15585 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15586 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15587 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15588 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15589 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15590 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15591 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15592 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15593 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15594 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15595 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15596 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15598 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15599 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15600 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15601 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15602 breakpoint set."));
15605 add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15606 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15607 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15608 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15609 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15610 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15611 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15612 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15613 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15615 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15616 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15617 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15618 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15619 breakpoint set."));
15621 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
15623 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15624 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15625 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15626 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15627 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15628 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15629 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15630 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15631 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15632 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15633 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15634 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15635 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15637 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15638 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15639 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15640 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15642 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15644 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
15645 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15646 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
15647 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15649 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
15650 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15651 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
15652 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15654 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
15655 catch_fork_command_1
,
15657 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
15658 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
15659 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
15660 catch_fork_command_1
,
15662 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
15663 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
15664 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
15665 catch_exec_command_1
,
15669 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15670 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15671 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15672 catch_load_command_1
,
15676 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15677 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15678 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15679 catch_unload_command_1
,
15684 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
15685 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15686 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15687 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15688 an expression changes.\n\
15689 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15690 the memory to which it refers."));
15691 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15693 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
15694 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15695 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15696 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15697 an expression is read.\n\
15698 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15699 the memory to which it refers."));
15700 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15702 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
15703 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
15704 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15705 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15706 an expression is either read or written.\n\
15707 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
15708 the memory to which it refers."));
15709 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
15711 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
15712 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15714 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15715 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15716 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
15717 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
15718 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15719 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15720 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15721 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15722 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15725 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
15726 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15728 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
15730 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15732 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
15733 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15735 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15736 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15737 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15739 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
15740 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15741 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15742 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
15744 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
15745 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15747 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15748 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15749 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15751 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
15752 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15754 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15755 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15756 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15757 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15758 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15759 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15760 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15761 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15762 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15764 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15765 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15766 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15767 conditions are different.\n\
15769 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15770 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15771 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15773 add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15774 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15775 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15776 last tracepoint set."));
15778 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
15780 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
15781 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15782 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15783 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15785 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
15787 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
15788 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15789 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15790 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15792 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
15794 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
15795 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15796 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15797 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15799 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
15801 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
15802 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15803 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15804 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15805 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15807 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
15808 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15809 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
15810 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15812 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15813 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15814 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15815 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15816 session to restore them."),
15818 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15820 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15821 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15822 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15824 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15826 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
15827 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
15829 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15830 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
15831 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15832 pending breakpoint behavior."),
15833 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
15834 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
15835 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
15836 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
15837 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15838 pending breakpoint behavior."),
15839 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
15840 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
15842 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
15843 &pending_break_support
, _("\
15844 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15845 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15846 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15847 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15848 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15849 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15851 show_pending_break_support
,
15852 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15853 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15855 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
15857 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
15858 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
15859 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15860 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15861 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15862 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15863 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15865 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
15866 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15867 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15869 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
15870 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
15871 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15872 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15873 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15874 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15875 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15876 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15877 when execution stops."),
15879 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
15880 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15881 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15883 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
15884 condition_evaluation_enums
,
15885 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
15886 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15887 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15888 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
15889 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
15890 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
15891 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
15892 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
15893 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
15894 be set to \"gdb\""),
15895 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15896 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15897 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15898 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15900 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
15901 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
15902 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
15903 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
15904 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
15905 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
15906 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
15907 or the start of the range\n\
15908 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
15909 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
15910 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
15912 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
15913 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
15914 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
15916 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
15917 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
15918 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
15919 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
15920 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
15921 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15923 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
15924 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
15925 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15926 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15927 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
15928 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
15929 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
15930 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
15931 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
15932 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
15933 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15934 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15936 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
15937 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
15938 &dprintf_function
, _("\
15939 Set the function to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
15940 Show the function to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
15941 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15942 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15944 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
15945 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
15946 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
15947 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
15948 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
15949 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15950 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15952 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
15953 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
15954 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
15955 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
15956 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
15957 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
15960 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15962 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
15963 Target agent only formatted printing, like the C \"printf\" function.\n\
15964 Usage: agent-printf \"format string\", ARG1, ARG2, ARG3, ..., ARGN\n\
15965 This supports most C printf format specifications, like %s, %d, etc.\n\
15966 This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
15968 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= true;
15970 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed
.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
15971 gdb::observers::thread_exit
.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);